Rtac SVX01N en - 01102017

Installation, Operation,
and Maintenance
Series R Air-Cooled
Helical Rotary Liquid Chillers
Model RTAC
SAFETY WARNING
Only qualified personnel should install and service the equipment. The installation, starting up, and servicing
of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and
training. Improperly installed, adjusted or altered equipment by an unqualified person could result in death or
serious injury. When working on the equipment, observe all precautions in the literature and on the tags,
stickers, and labels that are attached to the equipment.
January 2017 RTAC-SVX01N-EN

Introduction
Read this manual thoroughly before operating or servicing
this unit.
WARNING
Warnings, Cautions, and Notices Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
Safety advisories appear throughout this manual as
Failure to follow code could result in death or serious
required. Your personal safety and the proper operation of
injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
this machine depend upon the strict observance of these personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
precautions. wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
field wiring installation and grounding as described in
The three types of advisories are defined as follows: NEC and your local/state electrical codes.
Indicates a potentially hazardous

WARNING situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury. WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
CAUTIONs situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury. It Required!
could also be used to alert against Failure to wear proper PPE for the job being undertaken
unsafe practices. could result in death or serious injury. Technicians, in
order to protect themselves from potential electrical,
NOTICE Indicates a situation that could result in
mechanical, and chemical hazards, MUST follow
equipment or property-damage only
precautions in this manual and on the tags, stickers,
accidents.
and labels, as well as the instructions below:
Important Environmental Concerns Before installing/servicing this unit, technicians

MUST put on all PPE required for the work being
Scientific research has shown that certain man-made undertaken (Examples; cut resistant gloves/sleeves,
chemicals can affect the earths naturally occurring butyl gloves, safety glasses, hard hat/bump cap, fall
stratospheric ozone layer when released to the protection, electrical PPE and arc flash clothing).
atmosphere. In particular, several of the identified ALWAYS refer to appropriate Material Safety Data
chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants Sheets (MSDS)/Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and OSHA
that contain Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (CFCs) and guidelines for proper PPE.
those containing Hydrogen, Chlorine, Fluorine and
When working with or around hazardous chemicals,
Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerants containing these
ALWAYS refer to the appropriate MSDS/SDS and
compounds have the same potential impact to the
OSHA/GHS (Global Harmonized System of
environment. Trane advocates the responsible handling of
Classification and Labelling of Chemicals) guidelines
all refrigerants-including industry replacements for CFCs
for information on allowable personal exposure
and HCFCs such as saturated or unsaturated HFCs and
levels, proper respiratory protection and handling
HCFCs.
instructions.
Important Responsible Refrigerant If there is a risk of energized electrical contact, arc, or
Practices flash, technicians MUST put on all PPE in accordance
with OSHA, NFPA 70E, or other country-specific
Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are
requirements for arc flash protection, PRIOR to
important to the environment, our customers, and the air
servicing the unit. NEVER PERFORM ANY
conditioning industry. All technicians who handle
SWITCHING, DISCONNECTING, OR VOLTAGE
refrigerants must be certified. The Federal Clean Air Act
TESTING WITHOUT PROPER ELECTRICAL PPE AND
(Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling,
ARC FLASH CLOTHING. ENSURE ELECTRICAL
reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain
METERS AND EQUIPMENT ARE PROPERLY RATED
refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these
FOR INTENDED VOLTAGE.
service procedures. In addition, some states or
municipalities may have additional requirements that
must also be adhered to for responsible management of
refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them.
2017 Ingersoll Rand All rights reserved RTAC-SVX01N-EN

Introduction
WARNING
Refrigerant under High Pressure!
Failure to follow instructions below could result in an
explosion which could result in death or serious injury
or equipment damage. System contains oil and
refrigerant under high pressure. Recover refrigerant to
relieve pressure before opening the system. See unit
nameplate for refrigerant type. Do not use non-
approved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or
refrigerant additives.
Factory Warranty Information

Compliance with the following is required to preserve the
factory warranty:
All Unit Installations
Startup MUST be performed by Trane, or an authorized
agent of Trane, to VALIDATE this WARRANTY. Contractor
must provide a two-week startup notification to Trane (or
an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform
startup).
Copyright
This document and the information in it are the property of
Trane, and may not be used or reproduced in whole or in
part without written permission. Trane reserves the right
to revise this publication at any time, and to make changes
to its content without obligation to notify any person of
such revision or change.
Trademarks
All trademarks referenced in this document are the
trademarks of their respective owners.
Revision History
General data water storage and minimum/maximum
flow rate information.
Updated water pressure drop curves.
Updated 6-point lifting diagram.
Added seismic isolator orientation drawing.
Updated model number information.
Minor corrections.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 3
Table of Contents
Model Number Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Evaporator Water Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Outdoor Unit Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Entering Chilled Water Piping . . . . . . . . . .49
Compressor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Leaving Chilled Water Piping . . . . . . . . . .49
Unit Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Evaporator Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Compressor Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Evaporator Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Compressor Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Water Pressure Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Water Pressure Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Unit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Freeze Avoidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Accessory/Option Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Low Evaporator Refrigerant Cutout,
Glycol Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Isolator Shipping Location . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Pre-installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Specials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Unit Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Installation - Mechanical
Remote Evaporator Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
System Configuration and Interconnecting
Installation Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Refrigerant Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Line Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Liquid Line Sizing Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Suction Line Sizing Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Suction Accumulator Sizing . . . . . . . . . . .62
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Piping Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .63
Non-Seismically Rated Units . . . . . . . . . . 24 Refrigerant Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Seismically Rated Unit Weights . . . . . . . 26 Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve Venting .63
Remote Evaporator Unit Weights . . . . . . 27 Leak Test and Evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Installation - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Refrigerant and Additional Oil Charge . . . .65
Location Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Refrigerant Charge Determination . . . . . .65
Noise Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Oil Charge Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Installation - Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Installer-Supplied Components . . . . . . . . . .67
Lifting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Power Supply Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Isolation and Sound Emission . . . . . . . . . . 34 Control Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Mounting and Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Heater Power Supply and Convenience
Outlet (Packaged Units Only) . . . . . . . . . .68
Unit Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Elastomeric Isolators
Interconnecting Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
(Optional for units without seismic rating) 34 Chilled Water Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . .69
Unit Isolation for Seismically Rated Units 35 Alarm and Status Relay Outputs
Isolator Selection and Mounting
(Programmable Relays) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Relay Assignments Using TechView . . . . .70
Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
4 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Table of Contents
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Status View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

External Auto/Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Setpoint View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
External Circuit Lockout Circuit #1 and #2 Diagnostics View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
71
Configuration View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Ice Building Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Software View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
External Chilled Water Setpoint
Binding View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
(ECWS) Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Replacing or Adding Devices . . . . . . . . . .90
External Current Limit Setpoint
(ECLS) Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Pre-Start Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Chilled Water Reset (CWR) . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Start-Up and Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Communications Interface Options . . . . . 73 Unit Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Tracer Communications Interface Temporary Shutdown and Restart . . . . . . .95
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Extended Shutdown Procedure . . . . . . . . .96
LonTalk Interface (LCI-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure . . . . . . .97
Operating Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 System Restart After Extended Shutdown 97
Refrigeration Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Refrigerant R-134a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Condenser and Subcooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Expansion Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Refrigerant and Oil Charge Management 102
Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Oil Sump Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Condenser Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Condenser Coil Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
DynaView Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Travel Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Key Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Legend to Diagnostics Table . . . . . . . . . . .105
Modes Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Starter Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Chiller Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Main Processor Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Compressor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Communication Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .118
Refrigerant Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Main Processor Boot Messages
Setpoint Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Diagnostic Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Unit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Power-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Log and Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Display Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
TechView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Unit View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Compressor Service View . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 5
Model Number Description
Nameplates of typical unit model number and the coding system for
each.
The RTAC outdoor unit nameplates are applied to the Each position, or group of positions, in the model number
exterior of the Control Panel. A compressor nameplate is is used to represent a feature. For example, in the first
located on each compressor. When the unit arrives, if unit table, position 08 of the unit model number, Unit Voltage,
is not covered with a tarp, compare all nameplate data with contains the number 4. A 4 in this position means that the
ordering, submittal, and shipping information. unit voltage is 460/60/3.
Unit Model Number. An example of a typical unit
Outdoor Unit Nameplate model number (M/N) is:
See Figure 1, p. 6 for a typical unit nameplate. The outdoor RTAC 350A UA0N NAFN N1NX 1TEN NN0N N01N
unit nameplate provides the following information:
Model number digits are selected and assigned in
Unit model and size description. accordance with the definitions as listed in Unit Model
Unit serial number. Number, p. 7.
Identifies unit electrical requirements.

Compressor Nameplate
Lists correct operating charges of R-134a and
refrigerant oil (Trane OIL00048). The compressor nameplate provides following
Lists unit test pressures. information:
Identifies installation, operation and maintenance and Compressor model number. See Compressor Model
service data literature (Pueblo). Number, p. 8.
Lists drawing numbers for unit wiring diagrams Compressor serial number. SeeCompressor Serial
(Pueblo). Number, p. 8.
Compressor electrical characteristics.
Model Number Coding System
Utilization range.
The model numbers for the unit and the compressor are
composed of numbers and letters that represent features Recommended refrigerant.
of the equipment. Shown in the following table is a sample
Figure 1. Typical unit nameplate
6 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Model Number Descriptions
Unit Model Number
Digits 1, 2 - Unit Model Digit 16 - Evaporator A = Alarm relay outputs
RT = Rotary chiller Configuration C = Ice making I/O
D = Alarm relay outputs and ice
Digit 3 - Unit Type N = 2 pass, 0.75 insulation
making I/O
P = 3 pass, 0.75 insulation
A = Air-cooled Digit 27 - Electrical Protection
Q = 2 pass, 1.25 insulation
Digit 4 - Development Sequence R = 3 pass, 1.25 insulation Options
C = Development sequence Digit 17 - Condenser 0 = No short circuit rating
Digits 5, 6 & 7 - Nominal Application 5 = Default short circuit rating
6 = High amp short circuit rating
Capacity N = Standard ambient (25-115F)
120 = 120 Nominal tons H = High ambient (25-125F) Digit 28 - Flow Switch
130 = 130 Nominal tons L = Low ambient (0-115F) T = Factory installed flow switch,
140 = 140 Nominal tons W = Wide ambient (0-125F) water
155 = 155 Nominal tons Digit 18 - Condenser Fin U = Factory installed flow switch,
170 = 170 Nominal tons non-water fluids
Material
185 = 185 Nominal tons Digit 29 - Control Panel
200 = 200 Nominal tons 1 = Standard aluminum slit fins
225 = 225 Nominal tons 2 = Copper fins Accessories
250 = 250 Nominal tons 4 = CompleteCoat epoxy coated N = No convenience outlet
275 = 275 Nominal tons fins A = 15A 115V convenience outlet
300 = 300 Nominal tons Digit 19 - Condenser Fan/Motor (60Hz)
350 = 350 Nominal tons Configuration Digit 30 - Service Valves
375 = 375 Nominal tons
400 = 400 Nominal tons T = STD fans with TEAO motors 0 = No suction service valves
450 = 450 Nominal tons W = Low noise fans 1 = With suction service valves
500 = 500 Nominal tons Digit 20 - Compressor Motor Digit 31 - Compressor Sound
Digit 8 - Unit Voltage Starter Type Attenuation Option
A = 200/60/3 X = Across-the-line 0 = No compressor sound
C = 230/60/3 Y = Wye-delta closed transition attenuation
J = 380/60/3 1 = Factory installed compressor
Digit 21 - Incoming Power Line sound attenuation
D = 400/50/3
4 = 460/60/3 Connection
1 = Single point power connection
Digit 32 - Appearance Options
5 = 575/60/3
2 = Dual point power connection N = No appearance options
Digit 9 - Manufacturing A = Architectural louvered panels
Location Digit 22 - Power Line C = Half louvers
U = Water Chiller Business Unit, Connection
Digit 33 - Installation
Pueblo, CO USA Type
Accessories
Digits 10, 11 - Design Sequence T = Terminal block connection
D = Non-fused disconnect switch(es) N = No installation accessories
** = Factory Input C = Circuit breaker(s) F = Flange kit for water connections
R = Neoprene in shear unit isolators
Digit 12 - Unit Basic Digit 23 - Unit Operator G = Neoprene isolators and flange kit
Configuration Interface E = Seismic elastomeric isolation
N = Standard efficiency/performance D = DynaView operator interface pads
H = High efficiency/performance S = Seismic spring isolators
A = Extra efficiency/performance Digit 24 - Remote Operator
Digit 34 - Factory Testing
Digit 13 - Agency Listing Interface
Options
N = No agency listing N = No remote interface
0 = Standard functional test
C = Tracer Comm 3 interface
U = C/UL listing C = Witness performance test
S = Seismic rated - IBC and OSHPD B = BACnet interface
with report
R = C/UL listed and seismic rated L = LonTalk compatible (LCI-C)
E = Performance test with report
interface
Digit 14 - Pressure Vessel Code Digit 35 Control, Label &
Digit 25 - Control Input
A = ASME pressure vessel code
Accessories/Options Literature
C = Canadian code C = Spanish
D = Australian code N = No remote inputs
E = English
L = Chinese code R = Ext. evaporator leaving water
F = French
setpoint
Digit 15 - Evaporator C = Ext. current limit setpoint Digit 36 Special Order
Application B = Ext. leaving water and current X = Standard unit configuration
F = Standard (40-60F) leaving temp limit setpoint F = Ship to final finisher
G = Low (Less than 40F) leaving Digit 26 - Control Output S = Unit has special order feature
temp
R = Remote (40-60F) leaving temp
Accessories/Options Digit 37 Safety Devices
N = No output options N = Standard
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 7
Model Number Descriptions
Compressor Model Compressor Serial

Number Number
Digits 1-3 Compressor Family Digits 1-2 Year
CHH= Positive displacement, YY = Last two digits of year of
refrigerant, helical rotary, manufacture
hermetic compressor
Digits 3-4 Week
Digit 4 Compressor Type WW= Week of build, from 00 to 52
T = GP2+
Digit 5 Day
Digit 5 1 = Monday
0 = All compressors 2 = Tuesday
3 = Wednesday
Digit 6 Frame Size 4 = Thursday
K = K Frame 5 = Friday
L = L Frame 6 = Saturday
M = M Frame 7 = sunday
N = N Frame
Digits 6-8 Coded Time Stamp
Digit 7 Compressor Capacity TTT= Used to ensure uniqueness of
3 = GP2+ Smaller capacity (minor) serial number
4 = GP2+ Larger capacity (major)
Digit 9 Assembly Line
L = Varies with facility
Digit 10 Build Location
A = Monterrey
8 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
General Data
Unit Description Accessory/Option Information
The 140 - 500 ton Model RTAC units are helical-rotary type, Check all the accessories and loose parts which are
air-cooled liquid chillers designed for installation shipped with the unit against the shipping list. Included in
outdoors. The compressor circuits are completely these items will be water vessel drain plugs, rigging and
assembled, hermetic packages that are factory-piped, electrical diagrams, and service literature, which are
wired, leak-tested, dehydrated, and tested for proper placed inside the control panel and/or starter panel for
control operation before shipment. shipment.
Chilled water inlet and outlet openings are covered for
Isolator Shipping Location
shipment. Each compressor has a separate compressor
motor starter. The RTAC series features Tranes exclusive If optional neoprene isolators (model number digit 33) are
Adaptive Control logic, which monitors the control ordered with unit, they are shipped mounted on the unit.
variables that govern the operation of the chiller unit. See Figure 3 and Figure 4.
Adaptive Control logic can adjust capacity variables to
avoid chiller shutdown when necessary, and keep Figure 3. Isolator shipping locations,
producing chilled water. The units feature two 140 to 250 ton units
independent refrigerant circuits. Compressor unloaders
are solenoid actuated and oil pressure operated. Each
refrigerant circuit is provided with filter, sight glass,
electronic expansion valve, and charging valves. The
shell-and-tube type evaporator is manufactured in
accordance with ASME standards or other international
codes. Each evaporator is fully insulated and is equipped
with water drain and vent connections. Packaged units
have heat tape protection to - 20F (-28.9C) as standard.
As an option, a convenience outlet can be supplied.
Note: Packaged units are factory charged with refrigerant
and oil.
Figure 2. Typical RTAC packaged unit and components Neoprene Isolator Shipping Location
Figure 4. Isolator shipping locations,

275 to 500 ton units
Neoprene Isolator Shipping Location
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 9
General Data
Table 1. General data, 60 Hz standard efficiency I-P
Size 140 155 170 185 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Nominal size 70/ 85/ 85/ 100/ 100/ 120/ 120/ 85-85/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 120-120/
(tons)
@60Hz 70 70 85 85 100 100 120 100 100 100 100-100 100-100 120-120
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (gal) 29 29 33 33 35 38 38 54 60 65 77 81 84
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 193 193 202 202 217 217 217 265 309 339 381 404 422
Max flow (gpm) 709 709 741 741 796 796 796 970 1134 1243 1396 1483 1548
Water connection (NPS-in) 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 129 129 135 135 145 145 145 176 206 226 254 270 282
Max flow (gpm) 473 473 494 494 531 531 531 647 756 829 930 989 1032
Water connection (NPS-in) 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
Condenser Fin and tube
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
156/ 180/ 180/ 216/ 216/ 252/ 252/ 180/
Coil length (in) 216/108 252/108 216/216 252/216 252/252
156 156 180 180 216 216 252 108
Coil height (in) 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
(mm) 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
# of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan Direct drive propeller
Quantity # 4/4 5/4 5/5 6/5 6/6 7/6 7/7 10/6 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/12 14/14
Diameter (in) 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
Air flow per fan (cfm) 9625 9394 9209 9209 9209 9210 9210 9209 9209 9208 9209 9210 9214
Power/motor (hp) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Fan speed (rpm) 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140
Tip speed (Ft/min) 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954
General Unit HFC-134a
# Refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
165/ 175/ 175/ 215/ 215/ 225/ 225/ 365/
Refrigerant charge (lb) 415/200 460/200 415/415 460/415 460/460
165 165 175 210 215 215 225 200
1.3/ 1.3/ 1.3/ 1.9/ 1.9/ 1.9/ 1.9/
Oil charge (gal) 4.2/1.9 4.6/2.9 4.6/1.9 4.6/4.6 4.6/4.6 4.6/4.6
1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.9 1.9 1.9
Min ambient-std (F) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Min ambient-low (F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Notes:
1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as follows: ckt 1/ ckt 2.
2. Minimum start-up/operating ambient is based on a 5 mph wind across the condenser.
3. RTAC units must only operate with refrigerant R-134a and Trane OIL00048.
10 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
General Data
Table 2. General data, 60 Hz high efficiency I-P
Size 140 155 170 185 200 225 250 275 300 350 400
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
Nominal size 85-85/ 100- 85-85/ 100-100/
(tons) 70/70 85/70 85/85 100/85 100/100 120/100 120/120
@60Hz 100 100/100 85/85 100-100
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (gal) 33 33 35 38 38 38 38 65 65 77 84
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 202 202 217 217 217 217 217 339 339 381 422
Max flow (gpm) 741 741 796 796 796 796 796 1243 1243 1396 1548
Water connection (NPS-in) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 135 135 145 145 145 145 145 226 226 254 282
Max flow (gpm) 494 494 531 531 531 531 531 829 829 930 1032
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
Coil length (in) 180/180 216/180 216/216 252/216 252/252 144/144 144/144 216/144 252/144 216/216 252/252
Coil height (in) 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 5/5 6/5 6/6 7/6 7/7 8/6 8/8 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/14
Diameter (in) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Air flow/fan (cfm) 9199 9199 9199 9200 9201 9783 9203 9652 9605 9199 9201
Power/motor (hp) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Fan speed (rpm) 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140
Tip speed (Ft/Min) 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954
# Refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrigerant
(lb) 175/175 215/205 215/215 225/215 225/225 235/235 235/235 415/200 460/200 415/415 460/460
charge
2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/ 2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/
Oil charge (gal) 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.9/1.3 1.9/1.9 1.9/1.9 1.9/1.9
1.9 1.9 2.1-2.1 2.3-2.3
Min ambient-std (F) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Min ambient-low (F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 11
General Data
Table 3. General data, 60 Hz extra efficiency I-P
Size 140 155 170 185 200 250 275 300 350
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
Nominal size 70-70/ 85-85/
(tons) 70/70 85/70 85/85 100/85 100/100 70-70/85 85-85/85
@60Hz 70-70 85-85
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (gal) 35 33 38 38 38 65 65 71 84
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 217 202 217 217 217 339 339 381 422
Max flow (gpm) 796 741 796 796 796 1243 1243 1396 1548
Water connection (NPS-in) 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 145 135 145 145 145 226 226 254 282
Max flow (gpm) 531 494 531 531 531 829 829 930 1032
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
Coil length (in) 216/216 252/216 252/252 144/144 144/144 216/144 252/144 216/216 252/252
Coil height (in) 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 6/6 7/6 7/7 8/6 8/8 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/14
Diameter (in) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Air flow/fan (cfm) 9199 9200 9201 9783 9203 9652 9605 9199 9201
Power/motor (hp) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Fan speed (rpm) 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140
Tip speed (Ft/Min) 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954 8954
# Refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrigerant charge (lb) 215/215 225/215 225/225 235/235 235/235 415/200 460/200 415/415 460/460
2.1-2.1/ 2.1-2.1/
Oil charge (gal) 1.3/1.3 1.9/1.3 1.9/1.9 1.9/1.9 1.9/1.9 2.1-2.1/1.9 2.1-2.1/1.9
2.1-2.1 2.1-2.1
Min ambient-std (F) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Min ambient-low (F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Notes:
12 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
General Data
Table 4. General data, 60 Hz standard efficiency SI
Size 140 155 170 185 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Nominal size 100/ 100/ 120/ 120/ 85-85/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 100-100/ 120-120/ 120-120/
70/70 85/70 85/85
(tons) @60Hz 85 100 100 120 100 100 100 100-100 100-100 120-120
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (L) 111 111 127 127 134 145 145 205 229 245 293 306 316
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 12 12 13 13 14 14 14 17 20 21 24 26 27
Max flow (L/s) 45 45 47 47 50 50 50 61 72 78 88 94 98
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 11 13 14 16 17 18
Max flow (L/s) 30 30 31 31 33 33 33 41 48 52 59 62 65
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
3962/ 4572/ 4572/ 5486/ 5486/ 6400/ 6400/ 4572/ 5486/ 6400/ 5486/ 6400/ 6400/
Coil length (mm)
3962 3962 4572 4572 5486 5486 6400 2743 2743 2743 5486 5486 6400
Coil height (mm) 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
# of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 4/4 5/4 5/5 6/5 6/6 7/6 7/7 10/6 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/12 14/14
Diameter (mm) 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0 726.0
Air flow per fan (m/hr) 16351 15958 15644 15644 15644 15646 15647 15644 15645 15642 15645 15646 15653
Power/motor (kW) 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12
Fan speed (rps) 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
Tip speed M/S 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
# Refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrigerant 102/ 102/
(kg) 75/75 79/75 79/79 98/95 98/98 166/91 188/91 209/91 188/188 209/188 209/209
charge 98 102
Oil charge (L) 5/5 5/5 5/5 7/5 7/7 7/7 7/7 8-8/7 9-9/11 9-9/11 9-9/9-9 9-9/9-9 9-9/9-9
Min ambient-std (C) -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9
Min ambient-low (C) -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 13
General Data
Table 5. General data, 60 Hz high efficiency SI
Size 140 155 170 185 200 225 250 275 300 350 400
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
Nominal size 85-85/ 100- 85-85/ 100-100/
(tons) 70/70 85/70 85/85 100/85 100/100 120/100 120/120
@60Hz 100 100/100 85/85 100-100
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (L) 127 127 134 145 145 145 145 245 245 293 316
2 Pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 21 21 24 27
Max flow (L/s) 47 47 50 50 50 50 50 78 78 88 98
3 Pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 14 14 16 18
Max flow (L/s) 31 31 33 33 33 33 33 52 52 59 65
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
4572/ 5486/ 5486/ 6400/ 6400/ 3657/ 3657/ 5486/ 6400/ 5486/ 6400/
Coil length (mm)
4572 4572 5486 5486 6400 3657 3657 3657 3657 5486 6400
Coil height (mm) 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 5/5 6/5 6/6 7/6 7/7 8/6 8/8 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/14
Diameter (mm) 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762
Air per fan (m/hr) 15628 15628 15628 15629 15631 16619 15634 16397 16317 15628 15631
Power/motor (kW) 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12
Fan speed (rps) 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
Tip speed M/S 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
# refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrig charge (kg) 79/79 98/93 98/98 102/98 102/102 107/107 107/107 188/91 209/91 188/188 209/209
Oil charge (L) 5/5 5/5 5/5 7/5 7/7 7/7 7/7 8-8/7 9-9/7 8-8/8-8 9-9/9-9
Min ambient-std (C) -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9
Min ambient-low (C) -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8
Notes:
14 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
General Data
Table 6. General data, 60 Hz extra efficiency SI
Size 140 155 170 185 200 250 275 300 350
Compressor
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
Nominal size 70-70/ 85-85/
(tons) 70/70 85/70 85/85 100/85 100/100 70-70/85 85-85/85
@60Hz 70-70 85-85
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (L) 133 125 145 145 145 245 245 270 316
2 Pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 14 13 14 14 14 21 21 24 27
Max flow (L/s) 50 47 50 50 50 78 78 88 98
3 Pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 9 9 9 9 9 14 14 16 18
Max flow (L/s) 33 31 33 33 33 52 52 59 65
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
Coil length (mm) 5486/5486 6400/5486 6400/6400 3657/3657 4572/2743 5486/3657 6400/3657 5486/5486 6400/6400
Coil height (mm) 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 6/6 7/6 7/7 8/6 8/8 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/14
Diameter (mm) 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762
Air per fan (m/hr) 15628 15629 15631 16619 15634 16397 16317 15628 15631
Power/motor (kW) 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12
Fan speed (rps) 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
Tip speed M/S 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
# refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrig charge (kg) 98/98 102/98 102/102 107/107 107/107 188/91 209/91 188/188 209/209
Oil charge (L) 5/5 7/5 7/7 7/7 7/7 8-8/7 8-8/7 8-8/8-8 8-8/8-8
Min ambient-std (C) -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9
Min ambient-low (C) -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 15
General Data
Table 7. General data, 50 Hz standard efficiency I-P
Size 140 155 170 185 200 250 275 300 350 375 400
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Nominal 70-70 / 85-85 / 100- 85-85/ 100-100/ 100-100/
(tons) 70/70 85/70 85/85 100/85 100/100
size@50Hz 100 100 100/100 85-85 85-85 100-100
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (gal) 29 29 33 33 35 54 54 60 73 73 77
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 193 193 202 202 217 265 265 309 351 351 381
Max flow (gpm) 709 709 741 741 796 970 970 1134 1287 1287 1396
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 129 129 135 135 145 176 176 206 234 234 254
Max flow (gpm) 473 473 494 494 531 647 647 756 858 858 930
Water connection (NPS-in) 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
Coil length (in) 156/156 180/156 180/180 216/180 216/216 156/108 180/108 216/108 180/180 216/180 216/216
Coil height (in) 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 4/4 5/4 5/5 6/5 6/5 8/6 10/6 12/6 10/10 12/10 12/12
Diameter (in) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Air flow per fan (cfm) 7918 7723 7567 7567 7567 7764 7566 7567 7567 7567 7567
Power per motor (hp) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Fan speed (rpm) 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
Tip speed (Ft/min) 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461
# refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrig charge (lb) 175/175 215/205 215/215 225/215 225/225 235/235 235/235 415/200 460/200 415/415 460/460
2.1-2.1/ 2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/ 2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/ 2.3-2.3/
Oil charge (gal) 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.3/1.3 1.9/1.3 1.9/1.9
1.9 1.9 1.9 2.1-2.1 2.1-2.1 2.3-2.3
Min ambient-std (F) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Min ambient-low (F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Notes:
16 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
General Data
Table 8. General data, 50 Hz high efficiency I-P
Size 120 130 140 155 170 185 200 250 275 300 350 375 400
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Nominal 100/ 100/ 70-70 / 85-85 / 100- 85-85 / 100-100/ 100-100/
(tons) 60/60 70/60 70/70 85/70 85/85
size@50Hz 85 100 100 100 100/100 85-85 85-85 100-100
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (gal) 29 29 33 33 35 38 38 60 65 65 77 81 84
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 193 193 202 202 217 217 217 309 339 339 381 404 422
Max flow (gpm) 709 709 741 741 796 796 796 1134 1243 1243 1396 1483 1548
Water
(NPS-in) 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8
connection
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (gpm) 129 129 135 135 145 145 145 206 226 226 254 270 282
Max flow (gpm) 473 473 494 494 531 531 531 756 829 829 930 989 1032
Water
(NPS-in) 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
connection
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
156/ 180/ 180/ 216/ 216/ 252/ 252/ 180/ 216/
Coil length (in) 252/144 216/216 252/216 252/252
156 156 180 180 216 216 252 108 144
Coil height (in) 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 4/4 5/4 5/5 6/5 6/6 7/6 7/7 10/6 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/12 14/14
Diameter (in) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Air flow per fan (cfm) 62484 68819 7558 7557 7557 7558 7559 7561 7943 7906 7557 7490 7559
Power per motor (hp) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Fan speed (rpm) 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
Tip speed (Ft/min) 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461 7461
# refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
165/ 175/ 175/ 215/ 215/ 225/ 225/ 365/ 415/ 460/ 415/ 460/ 460/
Refrig charge (lb)
165 165 175 205 215 215 225 200 200 200 415 415 460
1.3/ 1.3/ 1.3/ 1.3/ 1.3/ 1.9/ 1.9/ 2.1- 2.1- 2.3-2.3/ 2.1-2.1/ 2.3-2.3/ 2.3-2.3/
Oil charge (gal)
1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.9 2.1/1.9 2.1/1.9 1.9 2.1-2.1 2.3-2.3 2.3-2.3
Min ambient-std (F) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Min ambient-low (F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 17
General Data
Table 9. General data, 50 Hz standard efficiency SI
Size 140 155 170 185 200 250 275 300 350 375 400
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Nominal 70-70 / 85-85 / 100- 85-85/ 100-100/ 100-100/
(tons) 70/70 85/70 85/85 100/85 100/100
size@50Hz 100 100 100/100 85-85 85-85 100-100
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (L) 111 111 127 127 134 205 205 229 277 277 293
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 12 12 13 13 14 17 17 20 22 22 24
Max flow (L/s) 45 45 47 47 50 61 61 72 81 81 88
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 8 8 9 9 9 11 11 13 15 15 16
Max flow (L/s) 30 30 31 31 33 41 41 48 54 54 59
Water connection (NPS-in) 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
3962/ 4572/ 4572/ 5486/ 5486/ 3962/ 4572/ 5486/ 4572/ 5486/ 5486/
Coil length (mm)
3962 3962 4572 4572 5486 2743 2743 2743 4572 4572 5486
Coil height (mm) 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 4/4 5/4 5/5 6/5 6/6 8/6 10/6 12/6 10/10 12/10 12/12
Diameter (mm) 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762
Air flow per fan (m/hr) 13452 13120 12855 12855 12855 13190 12853 12856 12854 12855 12855
Power per motor (kW) 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74
Fan speed (rps) 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8
Tip speed M/S 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
# refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Refrig charge (kg) 79/79 98/93 98/98 102/98 102/102 107/107 107/107 188/91 209/91 188/188 209/209
Oil charge (L) 5/5 5/5 5/5 7/5 7/7 8-8/7 8-8/7 8-8/7 8-8/8-8 9-9/8-8 9-9/9-9
Min ambient-std (C) -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9
Min ambient-low (C) -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8
Notes:
18 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
General Data
Table 10. General data, 50 Hz high efficiency SI
Size 120 130 140 155 170 185 200 250 275 300 350 375 400
Compressor Screw
Quantity # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Nominal 100/ 100/ 70-70 85-85 100-100/ 85-85 / 100-100/ 100-100/
(tons) 60/60 70/60 70/70 85/70 85/85
size@50Hz 85 100 /100 /100 100 85-85 85-85 100-100
Evaporator Flooded
Water storage (L) 111 111 127 127 134 145 145 229 245 245 293 306 316
2 pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 12 12 13 13 14 14 14 20 21 21 24 26 27
Max flow (L/s) 45 45 47 47 50 50 50 72 78 78 88 94 98
3 pass arrangement
Min flow (L/s) 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 13 14 14 16 17 18
Max flow (L/s) 30 30 31 31 33 33 33 48 52 52 59 62 65
Qty of coils # 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8
3962/ 4572/ 4572/ 5486/ 5486/ 6400/ 6400/ 4572/ 5486/ 6400/ 5486/ 6400/ 6400/
Coil length (mm)
3962 3962 4572 4572 5486 5486 6400 2743 3657 3657 5486 5486 6400
Coil height (mm) 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Quantity # 4/4 5/4 5/5 6/5 6/6 7/6 7/7 10/6 12/6 14/6 12/12 14/12 14/14
Diameter (mm) 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762
Air flow per fan (m/hr) 62484 68819 12839 12839 12839 12840 12842 12844 13493 13430 12838 12724 12841
Power per motor (kW) 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74
Fan speed (rps) 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8
Tip speed M/S 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
# refrig ckts # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
% min load % 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
102/ 102/ 166/ 188/ 209/ 188/ 209/ 209/
Refrig charge (kg) 75/75 79/75 79/79 98/93 98/98
95 102 91 91 91 188 188 209
8-8/ 8-8/ 8-8/ 8-8/ 9-9/ 9-9
Oil charge (L) 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 7/5 7/7
7 7 7 8-8 9-9 9-9
Min ambient-std (C) -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9 -3.9
Min ambient-low (C) -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 19
Pre-installation
Unit Inspection Install unit on a flat foundation, level (within 1/4 [6
mm] across the length and width of the unit), and
When unit is delivered, verify it is the correct unit and is strong enough to support unit loading.
properly equipped.
Install unit per the instructions contained in the
If unit is covered with optional tarp, confirm unit was Installation-Mechanical and Installation-Electrical
ordered with a tarp. Inspect tarp for any visible damage. sections of this manual.
If unit does not have optional tarp, compare information Install any optional sensors and make electrical
on unit nameplate with ordering and submittal connections at the CH530.
information. Inspect all exterior components for visible Where specified, provide and install valves in water
damage. piping upstream and downstream of evaporator water
Report any apparent damage or material shortage to connections to isolate evaporator for maintenance,
carrier and make a unit damage notation on carriers and to balance/trim system.
delivery receipt. Specify extent and type of damage found Furnish and install pressure gauges in inlet and outlet
and notify Trane Sales Office. Do not proceed with piping of the evaporator.
installation of a damaged unit without sales office Furnish and install a drain valve to the bottom of the
approval. evaporator waterbox.
Supply and install a vent cock to the top of the
Inspection Checklist evaporator waterbox.
To protect against loss due to damage in transit, complete Furnish and install strainers ahead of all pumps and
this checklist upon receipt of unit. automatic modulating valves, and at inlet of
Inspect the individual pieces of the shipment before evaporator.
accepting the unit. Check for obvious damage to the Provide and install field wiring.
unit or packing material. Install heat tape and insulate the chilled water lines and
Inspect the unit for concealed damage as soon as any other portions of the system, as required, to
possible after delivery and before it is stored. prevent sweating under normal operating conditions
Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days. or freezing during low ambient temperature
If concealed damage is discovered, stop unpacking the conditions.
shipment. Do not remove damaged material from the Install evaporator drain plug. The plug ships in unit
receiving location. Take photos of the damage, if control panel.
possible. The owner must provide reasonable Start unit under supervision of a qualified service
evidence that the damage did not occur after delivery. technician.
Notify the carriers terminal of the damage
immediately, by phone and by mail. Request an
immediate, joint inspection of the damage with the
General
carrier and the consignee. Report any damage incurred during handling or
Notify Trane sales representative and arrange for repair. installation to the Trane sales office immediately.
Do not repair unit until damage is inspected by the carriers
representative.
Storage
Extended storage of outdoor unit prior to installation
requires these precautionary measures:
Store the outdoor unit in a secure area.
At least every three months (quarterly), check the
pressure in the refrigerant circuits to verify that the
refrigerant charge is intact. If it is not, contact a
qualified service organization and the appropriate
Trane sales office.
Close the discharge and liquid line isolation valves.
Installation Responsibilities
Generally, the contractor must do the following when
installing an RTAC unit:
20 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings for
the unit dimensions. A minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) is
See unit submittals for specific unit dimensions and water recommended for compressor service. Provide sufficient
connection locations. clearance for the opening of control panel doors. See
Figure 5, p. 21 through Figure 9, p. 23 for minimum
clearances. In all cases, local codes which require
Clearances additional clearances will take precedence over these
Provide enough space around the outdoor unit to allow the recommendations.
installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted
Figure 5. Recommended unit clearance 15 foot bases
Figure 6. Recommended unit clearances 18 to 21 foot bases
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 21
Figure 7. Recommended unit clearances 30 to 45 foot bases
Tube Removal
Clearance Area
(Non DynaView
Control Panel End)
Figure 8. Recommended remote evaporator unit clearances 15 to 30 foot bases
22 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Figure 9. Recommended evaporator clearance
148
(3760 mm)
Unobstructed flow of condenser air is essential to

maintain chiller capacity and operating efficiency. When
determining unit placement, give careful consideration to
assuring a sufficient flow of air across the condenser heat
transfer surface. Two detrimental conditions are possible
and must be avoided if optimum performance is to be
achieved: warm air recirculation and coil starvation.
Warm air recirculation occurs when discharge air from the
condenser fans is recycled back to the condenser coil inlet.
Coil starvation occurs when free airflow to (or from) the
condenser is restricted.
Both warm air recirculation and coil starvation cause
reduction in unit efficiency and capacity due to the
increased head pressures.
Debris, trash, supplies etc. should not be allowed to
accumulate in the vicinity of the unit. Supply air movement
may draw debris into the condenser coil, blocking spaces
between coil fins and causing coil starvation. Special
consideration should be given to low ambient units.
Condenser coils and fan discharge must be kept free of
snow or other obstructions to permit adequate airflow for
satisfactory unit operation.
In situations where equipment must be installed with less
clearance than recommended, such as frequently occurs
in retrofit and rooftop applications, restricted airflow is
common. The Main Processor will direct the unit to make
as much chilled water as possible given the actual installed
conditions. Consult your Trane sales engineer for more
details.
Note: If the outdoor unit configuration requires a
variance to the clearance dimensions, contact your
Trane Sales Office Representative. Also refer to
Trane Engineering Bulletins for application
information on RTAC chillers.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 23
Weights
Non-Seismically Rated Units
Table 11. Weight packaged units, 60 Hz, aluminum or CompleteCoat coils
Standard Efficiency High Efficiency Extra Efficiency

Unit
Shipping Operating Shipping Operating Shipping Operating
Size
(tons) lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
140 10832 4913 11146 5056 10859 4926 11160 5062 12171 5521 12585 5708
155 10910 4949 11146 5056 12114 5495 12445 5645 13984 6343 14293 6483
170 10877 4934 11218 5088 12171 5521 12585 5708 14454 6556 14721 6677
185 12479 5660 12899 5851 13984 6343 14293 6483 15915 7219 16413 7445
200 12884 5844 13193 5984 14454 6556 14721 6677 16016 7265 16413 7445
225 14635 6638 14966 6788 15915 7219 16413 7445 n/a
250 14916 6766 15191 6890 16016 7265 16413 7445 20476 9288 21048 9547
275 19025 8630 19685 8929 20393 9250 21048 9547 21667 9828 22160 10052
300 20699 9389 21214 9622 21667 9828 22160 10052 24073 10919 24700 11204
350 21550 9775 22005 9981 24073 10919 24700 11204 27136 12309 27750 12587
400 25409 11525 25854 11727 27136 12309 27750 12587 n/a
450 26816 12163 27393 12425 n/a n/a
500 27136 12309 27912 12661 n/a n/a
Notes:
1. Operating weight includes refrigerant and water.
2. Shipping weight includes nitrogen holding charge.
3. All weights +/- 3%.
Table 12. Weight packaged units, 60 Hz, copper coils

Unit
Size
140 13407 6081 13734 6230 13426 6090 13734 6230 15590 7071 15998 7257
155 13420 6087 13734 6230 15647 7097 15854 7191 18250 8278 18613 8443
170 13442 6097 13733 6229 15590 7071 15998 7257 18701 8483 18958 8599
185 15870 7198 16253 7372 18250 8278 18613 8443 20794 9432 21290 9657
200 16304 7395 16630 7543 18701 8483 18958 8599 20881 9471 21290 9657
225 18739 8500 18156 8235 20794 9432 21290 9657 n/a
250 18905 8575 19223 8719 20881 9471 21290 9657 26017 11801 26558 12046
275 23905 10843 24608 11162 26017 11801 26558 12046 27660 12546 28182 12783
300 26039 11811 26580 12056 27660 12546 28182 12783 30848 13992 31431 14257
350 27395 12426 27920 12664 30848 13992 31431 14257 35166 15951 35688 16188
400 32216 14613 32723 14843 35014 15882 35688 16188 n/a
450 32682 14824 33178 15049 n/a n/a
500 35014 15882 35787 16233 n/a n/a
Notes:
24 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Table 13. Weight packaged units, 50 Hz, aluminum or CompleteCoat coils

Standard Efficiency High Efficiency
Unit
Shipping Operating Shipping Operating
Size
(tons) lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
120 n/a 10832 4913 11146 5056
130 n/a 10910 4949 11146 5056
140 10844 4919 11146 5056 10871 4931 11160 5062
155 11131 5049 11397 5170 12466 5654 12786 5800
170 11426 5183 11632 5276 12742 5780 12990 5892
185 12797 5805 13111 5947 14383 6524 14754 6692
200 12962 5879 13304 6035 14516 6584 14967 6789
250 18051 8188 19186 8703 19176 8698 20483 9291
275 19715 8943 20240 9181 21944 9954 21532 9767
300 20242 9182 21027 9538 22272 10102 22185 10063
350 23231 10537 23799 10795 24924 11305 25812 11708
375 24360 11049 25213 11436 26298 11929 26963 12230
400 25222 11440 25854 11727 27120 12301 27751 12588
Notes:
Table 14. Weight packaged units, 50 Hz, copper coils

Unit
Size
120 n/a 13407 6081 13734 6230
130 n/a 13426 6090 13734 6230
140 13417 6086 13734 6230 13446 6099 13734 6230
155 13851 6283 13962 6333 15772 7154 16192 7345
170 13856 6285 14366 6516 16162 7331 17421 7902
185 16216 7355 16463 7467 18570 8423 18979 8609
200 16381 7430 16721 7584 18833 8542 19223 8719
250 22058 10005 21837 9905 24015 10893 24056 10912
275 24584 11151 25095 11383 26617 12073 27135 12308
300 25893 11745 26336 11946 27617 12527 28182 12783
350 29084 13192 29527 13393 32037 14532 32712 14838
375 30432 13804 30971 14048 32463 14725 32971 14955
400 32112 14566 32787 14872 34982 15867 35525 16114
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 25
Seismically Rated Unit Weights

Table 15. Weight seismically rated, packaged units, 60 Hz, aluminum or CompleteCoat coils
Unit
Size
140 11374 5159 11646 5283 11402 5172 11711 5312 12780 5797 13185 5981
155 11456 5196 11703 5308 12720 5770 13067 5927 14683 6660 15021 6813
170 11421 5180 11779 5343 12780 5797 13214 5994 15177 6884 15433 7000
185 13103 5943 13544 6143 14683 6660 15008 6807 16711 7580 17234 7817
200 13528 6136 13853 6284 15177 6884 15457 7011 16817 7628 17234 7817
225 15367 6970 15714 7128 16711 7580 17234 7817 n/a
250 15662 7104 15951 7235 16817 7628 17234 7817 21500 9752 22100 10025
275 19976 9061 20669 9375 21413 9713 22100 10025 22750 10319 23268 10554
300 21734 9858 22275 10104 22750 10319 23268 10554 25277 11465 25935 11764
350 22628 10264 23105 10480 25277 11465 25935 11764 28493 12924 29138 13216
400 26679 12102 27147 12313 28493 12924 29138 13216 n/a
450 28157 12772 28763 13046 n/a n/a
500 28493 12924 29308 13294 n/a n/a
Notes:
26 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Remote Evaporator Unit Weights

Table 16. Weights condensing unit, 60 Hz
Unit
Size
Aluminum or CompleteCoat coils
140 8359 3792 8624 3912 8292 3761 8624 3912
155 8299 3764 8624 3912 9460 4291 9931 4505
170 8304 3767 8624 3912 10610 4813 9944 4510
185 10944 4964 10226 4638 11060 5017 11512 5222
200 11179 5071 10625 4819 11443 5190 11886 5391
225 11531 5230 11997 5442 - - - -
250 11623 5272 12126 5500 - - - -
Copper Coils
140 10956 4970 11200 5080 10751 4877 11200 5080
155 10973 4977 11200 5080 12916 5859 13340 6051
170 10877 4934 11200 5080 13451 6101 13375 6067
185 13610 6173 13645 6189 15326 6952 15778 7157
200 13665 6198 14048 6372 15707 7125 16148 7325
225 15795 7164 16252 7372 - - - -
250 15888 7207 16386 7433 - - - -
Notes:
Table 17. Weights remote evaporator, 60 Hz

Nominal
Tonnage Shipping Shipping Operating Operating Shipping Shipping Operating Operating
Weight (lb) Weight (kg) Weight (lb) Weight (kg) Weight (lb) Weight (kg) Weight (lb) Weight (kg)
140 2486 1128 2730 1238 2528 1147 2805 1272
155 2525 1145 2790 1266 2556 1159 2850 1293
170 2528 1147 2805 1272 2600 1179 2920 1325
185 2556 1159 2850 1293 2797 1269 3114 1413
200 2600 1179 2920 1325 2846 1291 3192 1448
225 2797 1269 3114 1413 - - - -
250 2846 1291 3192 1448 - - - -
Notes:
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 27
Location Requirements Rigging
Noise Considerations Lifting Procedure
Locate outdoor unit away from sound sensitive areas. If
required, install rubber vibration isolators in all water
piping and use flexible electrical conduit. Consult an WARNING
acoustical engineer for critical applications. Also refer to Heavy Objects!
Trane Engineering Bulletins for application information on
Failure to follow instructions below or properly lift unit
RTAC chillers. could result in unit dropping and possibly crushing
operator/technician which could result in death or
Foundation serious injury, and equipment or property-only damage.
A base or foundation is not required if unit location is level Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly
and strong enough to support units operating weight as rated for the weight of the unit being lifted. Each of the
cables (chains or slings), hooks, and shackles used to
listed in General Data, p. 9, Table 1, p. 10 through
lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire
Table 10, p. 19. Provide rigid, non-warping mounting pads weight of the unit. Lifting cables (chains or slings) may
or concrete foundation of sufficient strength and mass to not be of the same length. Adjust as necessary for even
support unit operating weight (including piping, and full unit lift.
operating charges of refrigerant, oil and water). Once in
place, outdoor unit must be level within 1/ 4" (6 mm) over
its length and width.
WARNING
Trane Company is not responsible for equipment
problems resulting from an improperly designed or Improper Unit Lift!
constructed foundation. Failure to properly lift unit could result in unit dropping
Note: To allow for cleaning under the condensing coil, it and possibly crushing operator/technician which could
is recommended that an opening be left between result in death or serious injury, and equipment or
property-only damage. Test lift unit approximately 24
the unit base and the concrete pad.
inches to verify proper center of gravity lift point. To
avoid dropping of unit, reposition lifting point if unit is
Clearances not level.
Provide enough space around the outdoor unit to allow the
installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted Important: Do not fork lift unit.
access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings for See Table 18, p. 30 through Table 22, p. 32 for lifting
the unit dimensions. A minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) is weights and Table 23, p. 33 and Table 24, p. 33 for center of
recommended for compressor service. Provide sufficient gravity (CG) dimensions.
clearance for the opening of control panel doors. See
Figure 5, p. 21 through Figure 9, p. 23 in Dimensions and
Weights, p. 21 for minimum clearances. In all cases, local
codes which require additional clearances will take
precedence over these recommendations.
28 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Rigging
See Figure 10 through Figure 12, p. 29 for lifting point
references, Table 19 through Table 21 for lifting weights,
and unit submittals lift point dimensions.
Figure 10. Lifting the unit (packaged and remote) 15 to 21 foot base
Control Panel
W1 - near side W3 - near side W5 - near side

W2 - far side W4 - far side W6 - far side
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 29
Figure 13. Lifting the remote evap
W1 - Near Side
W2 - Far Side W3 - Near Side
W4 - Far Side
25
(625mm)
30
(762mm)
SIDE VIEW END VIEW
Lifting Weights Tables Table 18. Lifting weights (lbs), packaged units, 60 Hz
Table 18. Lifting weights (lbs), packaged units, 60 Hz Size Lifting Location
Lifting Location (tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

Size
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency
(tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8
140 2916 3405 3346 3740 - - - -
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
155 2919 3405 3352 3744 - - - -
140 2443 2814 2622 2953 - - - -
170 2920 3412 3357 3753 - - - -
155 2446 2881 2627 2956 - - - -
185 3991 4450 3500 3929 - - - -
170 2447 2831 2633 2966 - - - -
200 4032 4567 3585 4120 - - - -
185 3244 3584 2656 2995 - - - -
225 4593 5261 4101 4784 - - - -
200 3285 3701 2741 3157 - - - -
250 4639 5261 4149 4856 - - - -
225 3943 4177 3183 3332 - - - -
275 4319 3898 4170 3772 4078 3668 - -
250 3657 4167 3518 3574 - - - -
300 4513 3980 4552 4169 4618 4207 - -
275 3376 2957 3372 2975 3377 2968 - -
350 4289 3892 4769 4363 5244 4838 - -
300 3470 3099 3640 3258 3814 3418 - -
400 4220 4198 4100 4078 3975 3953 3857 3835
350 3389 3023 3787 3382 4187 3782 - -
450 4549 4526 4290 4268 3909 3887 3638 3615
400 3448 3315 3226 3205 3123 3102 3026 2964
500 4369 4293 4395 4319 4434 4358 4461 4385
450 3440 3419 3324 3303 3154 3133 3032 4011
Copper Coils - High Efficiency
500 3373 3299 3405 3331 3452 3378 3486 3412
140 2919 3410 3354 3743 - - - -
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
155 3973 4374 3393 3907 - - - -
140 2446 2820 2630 2963 - - - -
170 3870 4390 3405 3925 - - - -
155 3114 3508 2549 2943 - - - -
185 4404 5144 3981 4721 - - - -
170 3124 3524 2561 2962 - - - -
200 4593 5223 4101 4784 - - - -
185 3469 4059 2933 3523 - - - -
225 3189 3625 3247 3685 3303 3745 - -
200 3657 4139 3135 3523 - - - -
250 3214 3625 3276 3685 3336 3745 - -
225 2581 2904 2489 2812 2400 2729 - -
275 4235 3898 4522 4132 4810 4420 - -
250 2607 2904 2518 2825 2433 2729 - -
300 3818 3527 3708 3379 3545 3216 3398 3069
275 3272 2884 3592 3204 3915 3526 - -
350 4054 4035 3930 3911 3800 3781 3678 3659
300 2974 2647 2911 2584 2801 2514 2785 2451
400 4369 4293 4395 4319 4434 4358 4461 4385
350 2936 2876 3003 2943 3075 3015 3143 3082
Copper Coils - Extra Efficiency
400 3373 3299 3405 3331 3452 3378 3486 3412
140 3870 4390 3405 3925 - - - -
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
155 4404 5144 3981 4721 - - - -
140 3124 3524 2561 2962 - - - -
170 4593 5223 4101 4784 - - - -
155 3469 4059 2933 3523 - - - -
185 3189 3625 3247 3685 3303 3745 - -
170 3657 4139 3135 3523 - - - -
200 3214 3625 3276 3685 3336 3745 - -
185 2581 2904 2489 2812 2400 2729 - -
250 4235 3898 4522 4132 4810 4420 - -
200 2607 2904 2518 2825 2433 2729 - -
275 3818 3527 3708 3379 3545 3216 3398 3069
250 3272 2884 3592 3204 3998 3526 - -
300 4054 4035 3930 3911 3800 3781 3678 3659
275 2974 2647 2911 2584 2801 2514 2785 2451
350 4521 4293 4395 4319 4434 4358 4461 4385
300 2936 2876 3003 2943 3075 3015 3143 3082
350 3373 3299 3405 3331 3452 3378 3486 3412
30 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Table 19. Lifting weights (lbs), packaged units, 50 Hz Table 20. Lifting weights (lbs), seismically rated units
Size Lifting Location Size Lifting Location

(tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 (tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8
Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency Aluminum Coils - Standard Efficiency
140 2445 2817 2625 2957 - - - - 140 2565 2955 2753 3101 - - - -
155 2556 2837 2750 2988 - - - - 155 2568 3025 2758 3104 - - - -
170 2554 2946 2793 3133 - - - - 170 2569 2973 2765 3114 - - - -
185 3287 3708 2690 3112 - - - - 185 3406 3763 2789 3145 - - - -
200 3302 3721 2760 3179 - - - - 200 3449 3886 2878 3315 - - - -
250 2972 2538 3254 2825 3446 3016 - - 225 4140 4386 3342 3499 - - - -
275 4084 3574 3618 3109 2920 2410 - - 250 3840 4375 3694 3753 - - - -
300 3340 2929 3576 3165 3814 3418 - - 275 3545 3105 3541 3124 3546 3116 - -
350 3043 3023 2958 2939 2869 2849 2785 2765 300 3644 3254 3822 3421 4005 3589 - -
375 3347 3315 3135 3101 2911 2878 3005 2668 350 3558 3174 3976 3551 4396 3971 - -
400 3311 3291 3226 3192 3123 3089 3026 2964 400 3620 3481 3387 3365 3279 3257 3177 3112
Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency 450 3612 3590 3490 3468 3312 3290 3184 4212
120 2443 2814 2622 2953 - - - - 500 3542 3464 3575 3498 3625 3547 3660 3583
130 2446 2881 2627 2956 - - - - Aluminum Coils - High Efficiency
140 2448 2822 2634 2967 - - - - 140 2568 2961 2762 3111 - - - -
155 3230 3537 2696 3003 - - - - 155 3270 3683 2676 3090 - - - -
170 3253 3666 2705 3118 - - - - 170 3280 3700 2689 3110 - - - -
185 3589 4139 3053 3602 - - - - 185 3642 4262 3080 3699 - - - -
200 3703 4139 3100 3574 - - - - 200 3840 4346 3292 3699 - - - -
250 3376 2957 3406 2975 3446 3016 - - 225 2710 3049 2613 2953 2520 2865 - -
275 4322 3018 3710 3304 3998 3592 - - 250 2737 3049 2644 2966 2555 2865 - -
300 2974 2647 2911 2584 2831 3089 2785 2451 275 3436 3028 3772 3364 4111 3702 - -
350 3311 3291 3204 3184 3100 2847 3005 2982 300 3123 2779 3057 2713 2941 2640 2924 2574
375 3412 3391 3297 3276 3154 3105 3679 2984 350 3083 3020 3153 3090 3229 3166 3300 3236
400 3373 3299 3389 3331 3452 3378 3486 3412 400 3542 3464 3575 3498 3625 3547 3660 3583
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency
140 2918 3407 3349 3743 - - - - 140 3280 3700 2689 3110 - - - -
155 3030 3428 3474 3919 - - - - 155 3642 4262 3080 3699 - - - -
170 3027 3536 3518 3775 - - - - 170 3840 4346 3292 3699 - - - -
185 4033 4574 3534 4075 - - - - 185 2710 3049 2613 2953 2520 2865 - -
200 4048 4586 3604 4143 - - - - 200 2737 3049 2644 2966 2555 2865 - -
250 3550 3120 3934 3504 4190 3760 - - 250 3436 3028 3772 3364 4198 3702 - -
275 4632 4157 4297 3822 4078 3598 - - 275 3123 2779 3057 2713 2941 2640 2924 2574
300 4387 4130 4488 4076 4618 4194 - - 300 3083 3020 3153 3090 3229 3166 3300 3236
350 3803 3782 3700 3679 3591 3570 3490 3469 350 3542 3464 3575 3498 3625 3547 3660 3583
375 4351 4317 4003 3969 3637 3603 3293 3259
400 4207 4185 4087 4065 3962 3940 3844 3822
120 2916 3405 3346 3740 - - - -
130 2919 3405 3352 3750 - - - -
140 2921 3413 3358 3754 - - - -
155 3863 4403 3540 3966 - - - -
170 4000 4532 3549 4081 - - - -
185 4525 5223 4101 4721 - - - -
200 4639 5261 4149 4784 - - - -
250 4319 3898 4204 3772 4127 3695 - -
275 4387 3980 4639 4232 4893 4486 - -
300 3845 3517 3698 3369 3535 3206 3388 3059
350 4198 4177 4078 4057 3952 3930 3833 3812
375 4521 4498 4263 4240 3882 3860 3611 3588
400 4369 4293 4395 4319 4418 4358 4461 4369
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 31
Table 21. Lifting weights (lbs), remote evaporator

condensing units, 60 Hz

Lifting Location Lifting Location
Size
Aluminum Coils
140 1993 2303 1899 2164 1993 2236 1899 2164
155 1996 2236 1903 2164 1552 2844 1904 3160
170 1994 2239 1903 2168 2551 2848 1903 3308
185 2682 2920 2011 3331 2837 3315 2215 2693
200 2713 3025 2083 3358 3025 3390 2335 2693
225 3025 3430 2335 2741 - - - -
250 3071 3430 2381 2741 - - - -
Copper Coils
140 2466 2827 2624 3039 2466 2711 2624 2950
155 2569 2827 2627 2950 3298 3710 2748 3160
170 2467 2829 2627 2954 3417 3845 2881 3308
185 3474 3913 2892 3331 3773 4399 3264 3890
200 3489 3891 2927 3358 3960 4474 3383 3890
225 3960 4514 3383 3938 - - - -
250 4006 4514 3430 3938 - - - -
Table 22. Lifting weights (lbs), remote evaporators

Lifting Location Lifting Location
Size
Aluminum Coils
140 621 621 622 622 632 632 632 632
155 632 631 631 631 639 639 639 639
170 632 632 632 632 650 650 650 650
185 639 639 639 639 699 699 699 700
200 650 650 650 650 711 711 712 712
225 699 699 699 700 - - - -
250 711 711 712 712 - - - -
32 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Center of Gravity Table 23. Center of gravity (in), 60 Hz (continued)

Table 23. Center of gravity (in), 60 Hz Unit Size Packaged Remote Remote Evap
(tons) X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z
Unit Size Packaged Remote Remote Evap
(tons) X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z
140 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25
155 108 45 38 106 45 39 53 30 25
140 88 45 35.5 85 45 37.25 39 30 25
170 108 45 38 106 45 39 53 30 25
155 88 45 35.5 85 45 37.25 39 30 25
185 126 46 38 125 46 41.5 53 30 25
170 88 45 35.5 85 45 37.25 39 30 25
200 126 45 38 124 45 41.5 53 30 25
185 106 44 35.5 103 44 39 53 30 25
225 170 45 38 - - - - - -
200 106 45 35.5 107 45 39 53 30 25
250 170 45 38 - - - - - -
225 124 45 35.5 121 45 41.5 53 30 25
275 201 42 38 - - - - - -
250 124 45 35.5 121 45 41.5 53 30 25
300 219 42 38 - - - - - -
275 176 42 35.5 - - - - - -
350 234 44 38 - - - - - -
300 199 42 35.5 - - - - - -
400 273 44 38 - - - - - -
350 205 42 35.5 - - - - - -
400 234 44 35.5 - - - - - -
140 108 45 38 - - - - - -
450 266 44 35.5 - - - - - -
155 126 46 38 - - - - - -
500 274 44 35.5 - - - - - -
170 126 45 38 - - - - - -
185 170 45 38 - - - - - -
140 88 45 35.5 85 45 37.25 39 30 25
200 170 45 38 - - - - - -
155 106 45 35.5 103 45 39 53 30 25
250 201 42 38 - - - - - -
170 106 45 35.5 103 45 39 53 30 25
275 219 42 38 - - - - - -
185 124 46 35.5 122 46 41.5 53 30 25
300 234 44 38 - - - - - -
200 124 45 35.5 121 45 41.5 53 30 25
350 273 44 38 - - - - - -
225 167 45 35.5 - - - - - -
250 167 45 35.5 - - - - - -
275 203 42 35.5 - - - - - - Table 24. Center of gravity (in), packaged units, 50 Hz
300 222 42 35.5 - - - - - -
350 234 44 35.5 - - - - - - Unit Size Standard Efficiency High Efficiency
400 274 44 35.5 - - - - - - (tons) X Y Z X Y Z
Aluminum Coils - Extra Efficiency Aluminum Coils
140 106 45 35.5 - - - - - - 120 - - - 88 45 35.5
155 124 46 35.5 - - - - - - 130 - - - 88 45 35.5
170 124 45 35.5 - - - - - - 140 88 45 35.5 88 45 35.5
185 167 45 35.5 - - - - - - 155 88 44 35.5 106 44 35.5
200 167 45 35.5 - - - - - - 170 89 45 35.5 106 45 35.5
250 203 42 35.5 - - - - - - 185 106 45 35.5 124 45 35.5
275 222 42 35.5 - - - - - - 200 106 45 35.5 124 45 35.5
300 234 44 35.5 - - - - - - 250 182 41 35.5 177 41 35.5
350 274 44 35.5 - - - - - - 275 172 41 35.5 202 42 35.5
Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency 300 201 42 35.5 222 42 35.5
140 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25 350 235 44 35.5 234 44 35.5
155 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25 375 229 44 35.5 266 44 35.5
170 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25 400 234 44 35.5 274 44 35.5
185 108 44 38 106 44 39 53 30 25 Copper Coils
200 108 45 38 107 45 39 53 30 25 120 - - - 90 45 38
225 126 45 38 125 45 41.5 53 30 25 130 - - - 90 45 38
250 126 45 38 125 45 41.5 53 30 25 140 90 45 38 90 45 38
275 174 42 38 - - - - - - 155 90 44 38 108 44 38
300 195 43 38 - - - - - - 170 90 45 38 108 45 38
350 204 43 38 - - - - - - 185 108 45 38 126 45 38
400 235 44 38 - - - - - - 200 108 45 38 126 45 38
450 261 44 38 - - - - - - 250 183 42 38 174 42 38
500 273 44 38 - - - - - - 275 171 42 38 200 42 38

300 197 42 38 220 42 38
350 235 44 38 235 44 38
375 227 44 38 261 44 38
400 235 44 38 273 44 38
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 33
Isolation and Sound Emission Mounting and Leveling

The most effective form of isolation is to locate the unit For additional reduction of sound and vibration, install the
away from any sound sensitive area. Structurally optional elastomeric isolators, seismic isolation pads or
transmitted sound can be reduced by elastomeric seismic spring isolators. See Unit Isolation, p. 34 for
vibration eliminators. Spring isolators are not details.
recommended for non-seismically rated applications. Construct an isolated concrete pad for the unit or provide
Consult an acoustical engineer in critical sound concrete footings at the unit mounting points. Mount the
applications. unit directly to the concrete pads or footings.
For maximum isolation effect, isolate water lines and Level the unit using the base rail as a reference. The unit
electrical conduit. Wall sleeves and rubber isolated piping must be level within 1/4-in (6 mm) over the entire length
hangers can be used to reduce the sound transmitted and width. Use shims as necessary to level the unit.
through water piping. To reduce the sound transmitted
through electrical conduit, use flexible electrical conduit.
Unit Isolation
State and local codes on sound emissions should always
be considered. Since the environment in which a sound Elastomeric Isolators
source is located affects sound pressure, unit placement
must be carefully evaluated. Sound power levels for Trane
(Optional for units without seismic rating)
air-cooled Series R chillers are available on request. See Figure 14 and Table 25 for description of elastomeric
isolators (model number digit 33 = R or G).
Figure 14. RTAC elastomeric isolator
L
L
C
C Isolator mounting holes
1/2-13NC-2B
to outside, and under unit
B
M
Unit Base Rail
W
W
D
D
Mounting molded in Neoprene
H Isolator Installation Orientation

H
Table 25. RTAC elastomeric isolator details
Max Load Each Maximum

EXT (lbs) Color Deflection (in) A B C D E H L M W Type
61 1500 BROWN
62 2250 RED 1.60
0.50 3.00 0.50 5.00 0.56 0.38 2.75 6.25 4.63 RDP-4
63 3000 GREEN .25
64 4000 GRAY
2. Align the mounting holes in the base of the unit with

\
See Elastomeric Isolator Mounting Units without Seismic

the threaded positioning pins on the top of the
Rating, p. 37 for isolator selection, placement and point
isolators.
weights.
3. Lower the unit onto the isolators and secure the
1. Secure the isolators to the mounting surface using the
isolator to the unit with a nut.
mounting slots in the isolator base plate. Do not fully
tighten the isolator mounting bolts at this time. 4. Level the unit carefully. Fully tighten the isolator
mounting bolts.
Important: For proper operation, isolator must be
oriented as shown in Figure 14. Mounting
holes must be to the outside, and under the
unit.
34 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Unit Isolation for Seismically Rated Units

Seismic Elastomeric Isolation Pads
Elastomeric pads are provided with an isolation washer
Set isolation pads on mounting surface, ensuring that all
and 3/4 free hole in the center of the plate. Isolation pads
isolator centerlines match the submittal drawing.
are shipped inside the unit control panel. See Table 26 for
pad specifications. Place unit on pads, and secure as shown in Figure 15 using
provided isolation washer and additional hardware
Table 26. Seismically rated elastomeric isolation pad obtained locally.
Dimension (in) Figure 15. Seismic isolation pad installed(a)
Model Max Load Length Width Height Grade 8 Bolt
B-36 2520 6 6 .625 Grade 8 Washer Unit Base Rail
Fender Washer
See Table 27 for quantity of isolation pads required and Steel
Isolation
Seismic Isolator Mounting, p. 45 or unit submittal for Washer
Plate
isolator placement dimensional information.
Isolation Pad
Table 27. Seismic elastomeric isolation pad quantities

Building Support Structure
Efficiency
Fender Washer
Unit Size (tons) Std High Extra
Grade 8 Washer Nut
120 - - -
(Washers under support structure recommended
130 - - -
if job site has an I-beam or C-channel.)
140 8 8 8
(a) Not to scale.
155 8 8 10
170 8 8 10 With the exception of the isolation washer, hardware is
185 8 10 10 not included.
200 8 10 10 Recommended use of Grade 8 hardware
225 10 10 - Units have a tapered base rail that requires a tapered
250 10 10 12 washer
275 10 12 12 Support structure may vary
300 12 12 12
If job site has an I-beam or C-channel, a fender
350 12 12 14 washer and grade 8 washer should be installed
375 - - - under the support structure.
400 12 14 -
450 14 - -
NOTICE:
500 14 - -
Replace Isolation Pads and Hardware
after Seismic Event!
If unit experiences a seismic event, isolation pads and
hardware must be replaced. Failure to replace isolation
pads and hardware would compromise the installation
and could result in equipment damage during future
seismic events.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 35
Install the optional seismically rated isolators at each

Seismic Spring Isolators mounting location specified in section Seismic Isolator
See Seismic Isolator Mounting, p. 45 for mounting Mounting, p. 45. See Figure 17 for correct orientation, and
locations, isolator selection and point weights. Figure 18 for installation reference.
Seismically rated isolators are optional for IBC and OSHPD
Figure 17. Seismic isolator installation orientation
seismically rated units.
Isolators are identified by part number and color as shown
in Table 28. For dimensions, see Figure 16.
Table 28. RTAC seismically rated isolator
Rated Rated Spring Unit Base Rail
Load Deflection Rate
Model (lbs) (in) (lbs/in) Color Code
MSSH-1E-2000 2000 1.11 1800 White
MSSH-1E-2575N 2575 1.11 2313 White/Dk Purple
MSSH-1E-2990N 2990 1.11 2682 White/Dk Green
Figure 16. MSSH seismically rated isolator

Figure 18. MSSH seismic isolator installation reference
8 1 1/8
5/8 EQUIPMENT
13/16 DIA HOLE FOR
CLAMP DOWN NUT ("H")
ATTACHMENT TO
CONCRETE (4 TYP) ("I") CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
("E") ("A") ("G") ("E")
2 1/4 (BASE PLATE) GROMMET

3/4 DIA HOLE FOR
6 1/4 ATTACHMENT TO
STEEL (4 TYP)
(VIEW CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY) 1/4 - 3/8
2 7/8
WASHER
7/8
("F")
1 1/2 7 1/4
CUSTOMER
STEEL SHIM EQUIPMENT
(REMOVE AFTER ELASTOMERIC
SPRING ADJUSTMENT) 5/8 ADJUSTING SNUBBER
NUT
3/8 GAP
1/4 - 3/8
PVC
BUSHING
8
TOP
FREE &
COMPRESSION ("B")
OPERATING
CUP
("H")
HEIGHT ("I")
CUSTOMER
ELASTOMERIC EQUIPMENT
CUP
("A") ("E")
10 1/4
CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
5 3/4
("F")
(1/2)
SHIPPING SPACER
REMOVAL STRAP
(NOT SHOWN
IN OTHER VIEW
FOR CLARITY)
1/2 LIMIT STOP

(NOT SHOWN
IN TOP VIEW
FOR CLARITY)
(3/8) ("C") ("D") ("C")
36 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
1. Set isolators on mounting surface, ensuring that all Table 29. Mounting locations
isolator centerlines match the submittal drawing. All 60 Hz units without seismic rating
isolator base plates (B) must be installed on a level
Size Dimension (in)
surface. Shim or grout as required, leveling all isolat(or
base plates at the same elevation. (tons) A B C D E
Standard Efficiency
2. Anchor all isolators to the surface using thru holes (C)
140 15.13 46 53 53 -
for concrete or (D) for steel as require. Welding to steel
is permitted providing the weld achieves the required 155 15.13 46 53 53 -
strength. 170 15.13 46 53 53 -
185 15.08 48 76 76 -
3. Remove clamp down nut (H) and washer (I). Isolators
are shipped with (2) removable spacer shims (E) 200 15.08 48 76 76 -
between the top plate and the housing. 225 15.08 39 69 64 64
Important: These shims MUST be in place when the 250 15.08 39 69 64 64
equipment is positioned over the isolators. 275 18.70 76 90 90 75

300 18.70 71 90 100 140
4. With all shims (E) in place, place the equipment onto
the top plate (A) of the isolators. 350 18.70 71 90 100 140
400 18.70 139 103 67 128
5. Bolt equipment securely to the isolators using washer
450 18.70 128 127 127 127
(I) and nut (H).
500 18.70 128 127 127 127
Important: The following adjustment process can only
High Efficiency
begin after the equipment or machine is at
its full operating weight. 140 15.13 46 53 53 -
155 15.13 48 76 76 -
6. Back off each of the (2) or (4) limit stop locknuts (F) per
170 15.13 48 76 76 -
isolator 1/4-3/8.
185 15.13 39 69 64 64
7. Adjust each isolator in sequence by turning adjusting
200 15.13 39 69 64 64
nut(s) (G) one full clockwise turn at a time. Repeat this
225 15.59 56 95 75 105
procedure on all isolators, one at a time. check the limit
stop locknuts (F) periodically to ensure that clearance 250 15.59 56 95 75 105
between the washer and rubber grommet is 275 18.70 71 90 100 140
maintained. Stop adjustment of an isolator only when 300 18.70 87 110 125 115
the top plate (A) has risen just above the shim (E). 350 18.70 139 103 67 128
8. Remove all spacer shims (E). 400 18.70 127 127 127 127
9. Fine adjust isolators to level equipment. Extra Efficiency

140 15.08 48 76 76 -
10. Adjust all limit stop locknuts (F) per isolator to obtain 3/
155 15.08 39 69 64 64
8 gap. the limit stop nuts must be kept at this 3/8 gap
to ensure uniform bolt loading during uplift. 170 15.08 39 69 64 64
185 15.59 56 95 75 105
Isolator Selection and Mounting Locations 200 15.59 56 95 75 105
Elastomeric Isolator Mounting 250 18.70 71 90 100 140

275 18.70 87 110 125 115
Units without Seismic Rating
300 18.70 139 103 67 128
350 18.70 128 127 127 127
Figure 19. Mounting locations (without seismic rating)
A B C D E Table 30. Mounting locations
1.0 50 Hz units without seismic rating
CONTROL PANEL (CKT 1 PANEL)
Size Dimension (in)

(tons) A B C D E
Standard Efficiency
140 15.13 46 53 53 -
155 15.13 46 53 53 -
170 15.13 46 53 53 -
1.0 185 15.08 48 76 76 -
200 15.08 48 76 76 -
250 18.70 76 90 90 75
275 18.70 76 90 90 75
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 37
Table 30. Mounting locations

50 Hz units without seismic rating
Size Dimension (in)

(tons) A B C D E
300 18.70 71 90 100 140
375 18.70 139 103 67 128
350 18.70 139 103 67 128
400 18.70 139 103 67 128
High Efficiency
120 15.13 46 53 53 -
130 15.13 46 53 53 -
140 15.13 46 53 53 -
155 15.13 48 76 76 -
170 15.13 48 76 76 -
185 15.13 39 69 64 64
200 15.13 39 69 64 64
250 15.59 76 90 90 75
275 15.59 71 90 100 140
300 18.70 87 110 125 115
350 18.70 139 103 67 128
375 18.70 128 127 127 127
400 18.70 128 127 127 127
Elastomeric Isolator Selection
Table 31. Elastomeric isolator selections, packaged units, 60 Hz
Size Location
(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Standard Efficiency
140 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 - -
225 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62
275 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64 Gray 64
High Efficiency
38 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Table 31. Elastomeric isolator selections, packaged units, 60 Hz (continued)
Size Location
(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Extra Efficiency
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 39
Table 32. Elastomeric isolator selections, packaged units, 50 Hz
Size Location
(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Standard Efficiency
High Efficiency
Table 33. Elastomeric isolator selections, remote units, 60 Hz
Size Location
(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Standard Efficiency
140 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 - -
225 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61
High Efficiency
40 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Point Weights (Units without Seismic Rating)

See Table 34, p. 41 through Table 36, p. 44 for point See Table 40, p. 47 for seismically rated units (unit model
weights of units that are NOT seismically rated. number digit 13 = S or E).
Table 34. Point weights (lbs), packaged units, 60 Hz, units not seismically rated
Isolator Location
Size
(tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W9 W10
140 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1333 1379 - -
155 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1333 1379 - -
170 1461 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1339 1386 - -
185 1657 1673 1734 1638 1564 1584 1519 1530 - -
200 1674 1733 1646 1701 1604 1658 1561 1616 - -
225 1521 1571 1503 1554 1472 1522 1443 1494 1413 1473
250 1539 1601 1522 1584 1493 1522 1465 1527 1438 1500
275 1925 2188 1887 2148 1870 2082 1787 2062 1750 1986
300 1936 2173 1974 2198 1994 2230 2029 2266 2080 2334
350 1907 2144 1977 2213 2065 2301 2163 2399 2300 2536
400 2744 2758 2667 2646 2584 2564 2531 2510 2428 2422
450 2812 2774 2791 2753 2770 2733 2750 2712 2729 2569
500 2777 2719 2787 2744 2812 2768 2836 2792 2860 2817
140 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1339 1387 - -
155 1588 1648 1565 1609 1505 1558 1465 1507 - -
170 1657 1652 1565 1622 1515 1579 1465 1530 - -
185 1419 1523 1405 1510 1381 1496 1358 1466 1335 1400
200 1497 1552 1479 1539 1446 1496 1417 1466 1389 1440
225 1661 1686 1649 1674 1629 1654 1613 1639 1591 1617
250 1661 1686 1649 1674 1629 1654 1613 1639 1591 1617
275 1829 2070 1891 2134 1960 2201 2093 2282 2193 2395
300 2147 2392 2120 2391 2087 2357 2049 2319 2014 2284
350 2647 2629 2535 2517 2452 2434 2512 2380 2294 2300
400 2744 2705 2773 2729 2797 2754 2822 2778 2846 2802
140 1657 1652 1565 1622 1515 1579 1465 1530 - -
155 1419 1523 1405 1510 1381 1496 1358 1466 1335 1400
170 1497 1552 1479 1539 1446 1496 1417 1466 1389 1440
185 1661 1686 1649 1674 1629 1654 1613 1639 1591 1617
200 1661 1686 1649 1674 1629 1654 1613 1639 1591 1617
250 1829 2070 1891 2134 1960 2201 2093 2282 2193 2395
275 2147 2392 2120 2391 2087 2357 2049 2319 2014 2284
300 2647 2629 2535 2517 2452 2434 2512 2380 2294 2300
350 2744 2705 2773 2729 2797 2754 2822 2778 2846 2802
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 41
Table 34. Point weights (lbs), packaged units, 60 Hz, units not seismically rated (continued)
Isolator Location
Size
(tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W9 W10
140 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
155 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
170 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1776 - -
185 2025 2061 2012 2052 1997 2098 1984 2024 - -
200 2042 2121 2040 2114 2038 2129 2036 2110 - -
225 1868 1954 1865 1945 1861 1951 1859 1049 1857 1947
250 1891 1961 1890 1960 1887 1957 1885 1956 1883 1953
275 2505 2768 2458 2700 2358 2589 2215 2501 2130 2384
300 2550 2787 2458 2786 2547 2784 2545 2782 2543 2798
350 2467 2704 2548 2785 2651 2888 2765 3003 2946 3163
400 3474 3498 3372 3350 3272 3207 3207 3184 3082 3077
450 3576 3602 3465 3468 3332 3199 3199 3202 3066 3069
500 3552 3513 3575 3536 3597 3620 3620 3580 3642 3552
140 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
155 1956 2029 1958 2022 1949 2011 1928 2001 - -
170 1965 2040 1958 2035 1949 2098 1939 2014 - -
185 1788 1914 1792 1916 1796 1951 1800 1924 1804 1928
200 1868 1928 1865 1936 1861 1932 1859 1928 1853 1928
225 2077 2125 2090 2135 2105 2152 2118 2166 2137 2185
250 2077 2125 2090 2135 2105 2152 2118 2166 2137 2185
275 2410 2652 2458 2700 2519 2761 2587 2828 2720 2923
300 2825 3097 2766 3037 2690 2962 2605 2876 2526 2798
350 3377 3357 3241 3221 3139 3074 3074 3054 2948 2946
400 3531 3498 3561 3521 3583 3606 3606 3566 3628 3588
140 1965 2040 1958 2035 1949 2098 1939 2014 - -
155 1788 1914 1792 1916 1796 1951 1800 1924 1804 1928
170 1868 1928 1865 1936 1861 1932 1859 1928 1853 1928
185 2077 2125 2090 2135 2105 2152 2118 2166 2137 2185
200 2077 2125 2090 2135 2105 2152 2118 2166 2137 2185
250 2410 2652 2458 2700 2519 2761 2587 2828 2720 2923
275 2825 3097 2766 3037 2690 2962 2605 2876 2526 2798
300 3377 3357 3241 3221 3139 3074 3074 3054 2948 2946
350 3531 3498 3561 3521 3583 3606 3606 3566 3628 3588
42 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Table 35. Point weights (lbs), packaged units, 50 Hz
Size Isolator Location

(tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W9 W10
140 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1333 1379 - -
155 1461 1457 1444 1435 1414 1411 1389 1386 - -
170 1402 1503 1444 1491 1431 1478 1418 1465 - -
185 1674 1733 1646 1699 1586 1645 1532 1596 - -
200 1674 1742 1662 1716 1621 1675 1580 1634 - -
250 1936 1642 1963 2356 1997 1703 2030 1736 2059 1764
275 2059 2353 1973 2266 1870 2201 1787 2062 1683 1986
300 1936 2104 1890 2198 1994 2196 2029 2266 2080 2334
350 2539 2520 2451 2421 2368 2349 2320 2301 2230 2300
375 2437 2386 2491 2440 2519 2678 2562 2511 2620 2569
400 2744 2758 2667 2646 2584 2564 2531 2510 2428 2422
120 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1333 1379 - -
130 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1333 1379 - -
140 1402 1450 1383 1430 1361 1408 1339 1387 - -
155 1657 1648 1617 1622 1585 1579 1541 1537 - -
170 1597 1712 1629 1684 1586 1645 1541 1596 - -
185 1468 1552 1455 1539 1446 1522 1417 1494 1389 1472
200 1521 1571 1503 1554 1472 1522 1443 1494 1414 1473
250 1926 2187 1888 2685 1833 2100 1786 2063 2000 2015
275 1907 2174 1973 2209 2022 2273 2093 2244 2193 2444
300 2147 2417 2120 2391 2087 2357 2049 2319 2014 2284
350 2392 2340 2522 2470 2591 2538 2695 2643 2837 2784
375 2755 2718 2735 2698 2715 2678 2695 2658 2674 2637
400 2744 2705 2773 2729 2797 2754 2822 2779 2846 2802
140 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
155 1717 1728 1737 1742 1748 1750 1765 1775 - -
170 1717 1774 1737 1798 1765 1827 1893 1855 - -
185 2042 2121 2034 2112 2020 2038 2006 2090 - -
200 2056 2130 2055 2130 2055 2112 2054 2129 - -
250 2078 2332 2089 1669 2118 2385 2146 2413 2170 2437
275 2638 2933 2529 2805 2358 2653 2215 2501 2079 2384
300 2462 2718 2477 2732 2495 2784 2545 2782 2543 2798
350 3158 3137 3039 3018 2951 2894 2894 2873 2784 2779
375 3576 3579 3291 3255 3083 2948 2948 2912 2689 2690
400 3538 3498 3372 3350 3272 3207 3207 3184 3082 3077
120 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
130 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
140 1658 1720 1675 1737 1695 1757 1715 1777 - -
155 2025 2040 2012 2035 2009 2033 2007 2031 - -
170 2025 2100 3034 2098 2020 2038 2016 2090 - -
185 1839 1954 1842 1945 1846 1920 1859 1956 1857 1961
200 1891 1961 1890 1960 1887 1957 1885 1956 1883 1953
250 2506 2767 2418 2134 2321 2588 2224 2491 2170 2437
275 2488 2740 2529 2805 2581 2833 2639 2828 2720 2972
300 2825 3097 2766 3037 2690 2962 2605 2876 2526 2798
350 3000 2934 3184 3118 3281 3214 3429 3362 3628 3562
375 3576 3579 3442 3445 3309 3176 3176 3179 3043 3046
400 3445 3396 3516 3467 3587 3538 3658 3609 3628 3681
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 43
Table 36. Point weights (lbs), condensing units, 60 Hz
Isolator Location
Size (tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
140 1150 1183 1095 1128 1032 1065 969 1002 - -
155 1150 1183 1095 1128 1032 1065 969 1002 - -
170 1150 1183 1095 1128 1032 1065 969 1002 - -
185 1381 1384 1325 1331 1241 1246 1156 1162 - -
200 1397 1437 1351 1391 1279 1318 1206 1246 - -
225 1251 1307 1222 1279 1172 1229 1126 1190 1081 1140
250 1274 1312 1246 1283 1196 1233 1149 1190 1103 1140
140 1150 1183 1095 1128 1032 1065 969 1002 - -
155 1321 1361 1270 1301 1190 1230 1109 1149 - -
170 1321 1361 1270 1314 1190 1230 1109 1149 - -
185 1175 1267 1151 1242 1107 1199 1067 1159 1027 1118
200 1251 1295 1222 1259 1172 1207 1122 1159 1081 1118
140 1406 1454 1388 1435 1366 1414 1345 1392 - -
155 1406 1454 1388 1435 1366 1414 1345 1392 - -
170 1406 1454 1388 1435 1366 1414 1345 1392 - -
185 1749 1772 1718 1744 1675 1700 1631 1656 - -
200 1768 1825 1745 1805 1713 1772 1680 1740 - -
225 1622 1697 1608 1686 1587 1665 1568 1645 1549 1625
250 1644 1702 1633 1690 1611 1668 1591 1648 1571 1628
140 1406 1454 1388 1435 1366 1414 1345 1392 - -
155 1689 1749 1664 1714 1624 1673 1583 1644 - -
170 1689 1749 1664 1727 1624 1695 1583 1644 - -
185 1546 1657 1537 1649 1523 1634 1509 1621 1495 1607
200 1622 1686 1608 1666 1587 1642 1568 1621 1549 1599
44 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Seismic Isolator Mounting

Figure 20. Mounting locations seismic spring isolators or seismic elastomeric pads
A B C D E F G
1.19
CONTROL PANEL
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
(CKT 1 PANEL)
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
1.19
Table 37. Mounting locations Table 38. Mounting locations

60 Hz units with seismic rating 50 Hz units with seismic rating
Size Dimension (in) Size Dimension (in)

(tons) A B C D E F G (tons) A B C D E F G
Standard Efficiency Standard Efficiency
140 17 46 53 53 - - - 140 17 46 53 53 - - -
155 17 46 53 53 - - - 155 17 46 53 53 - - -
170 17 46 53 53 - - - 170 17 46 53 53 - - -
185 17 48 76 76 - - - 185 17 48 76 76 - - -
200 17 48 76 76 - - - 200 17 48 76 76 - - -
225 17 39 69 64 64 - - 250 17 76 90 90 75 - -
250 17 39 69 64 64 - - 275 17 76 90 90 75 - -
275 17 76 90 90 75 - - 300 17 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 -
300 17 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 - 375 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
350 17 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 - 350 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
400 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 - 400 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
450 17 84.85 84.85 84.85 84.85 92.75 78 High Efficiency
500 17 84.85 84.85 84.85 84.85 92.75 78 120 17 46 53 53
High Efficiency 130 17 46 53 53
140 17 46 53 53 - - - 140 17 46 53 53 - - -
155 17 48 76 76 - - - 155 17 48 76 76 - - -
170 17 48 76 76 - - - 170 17 48 76 76 - - -
185 17 39 69 64 64 - - 185 17 39 69 64 64 - -
200 17 39 69 64 64 - - 200 17 39 69 64 64 - -
225 17 56 95 75 105 - - 250 17 76 90 90 75 - -
250 17 56 95 75 105 - - 275 17 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 -
275 17 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 - 300 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
300 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 - 350 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
350 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 - 375 17 84.85 84.85 84.85 84.85 92.75 78
400 17 84.85 84.85 84.85 84.85 92.75 78 400 17 84.85 84.85 84.85 84.85 92.75 78
Extra Efficiency
140 17 48 76 76 - - -
155 17 39 69 64 64 - -
170 17 39 69 64 64 - -
185 17 56 95 75 105 - -
200 17 56 95 75 105 - -
250 17 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 80.25 -
275 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
300 17 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 -
350 17 84.85 84.85 84.85 84.85 92.75 78
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 45
Seismic Spring Isolator Selection

Table 39. Seismic spring isolator selections (MSSH-1E-xxxx)
Size Location
(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Standard Efficiency
140 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
155 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
170 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
185 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N - - - - - -
200 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N - - - - - -
225 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
250 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N - - - -
275 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N - - - -
300 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - -
350 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 - -
400 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N - -
450 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N
500 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N
High Efficiency
140 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
155 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
170 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
185 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
200 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
225 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
250 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
275 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - -
300 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N - -
350 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N - -
400 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N
Extra Efficiency
140 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - -
155 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
170 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
185 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
200 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - - - -
250 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2000 2000 2000 2000 - -
275 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N 2575N - -
300 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N - -
350 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N 2990N
46 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Point Weights (Units with Seismic Rating)
Table 40. Point weights (lbs), seismically rated units

Isolator Location
Size
(tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W9 W10 W11 W12 W13 W14
140 1465 1515 1445 1494 1422 1471 1393 1441 - - - - - -
155 1472 1522 1452 1501 1429 1478 1400 1448 - - - - - -
170 1534 1523 1452 1502 1429 1478 1406 1455 - - - - - -
185 1740 1757 1821 1720 1642 1663 1595 1607 - - - - - -
200 1758 1820 1728 1786 1684 1741 1639 1697 - - - - - -
225 1597 1650 1578 1632 1546 1598 1515 1569 1484 1547 - - - -
250 1616 1681 1598 1663 1568 1598 1538 1603 1510 1575 - - - -
275 2360 2250 2251 2140 2122 2011 1993 1882 1885 1774 - - - -
300 2387 2287 2220 2120 2008 1909 1772 1673 1607 1508 1442 1343 - -
350 2357 2254 2224 2122 2058 1954 1871 1768 1741 1638 1611 1507 - -
400 2322 2410 2280 2368 2239 2327 2197 2286 2156 2245 2115 2203 - -
450 2143 2223 2111 2191 2079 2159 2015 2095 1951 2031 1918 1999 1887 1967
500 1738 1821 1814 1896 1937 2019 2050 2132 2163 2245 2276 2358 2389 2471
140 1471 1522 1451 1501 1428 1478 1405 1455 - - - - - -
155 1667 1730 1643 1689 1580 1636 1538 1582 - - - - - -
170 1740 1735 1643 1703 1591 1658 1538 1606 - - - - - -
185 1490 1599 1475 1586 1450 1571 1426 1539 1402 1470 - - - -
200 1572 1630 1553 1616 1518 1571 1488 1539 1458 1512 - - - -
225 1701 1846 1683 1828 1652 1796 1627 1771 1592 1737 - - - -
250 1701 1846 1683 1828 1652 1796 1627 1772 1592 1737 - - - -
275 2293 2193 2153 2054 1976 1877 1780 1680 1642 1543 1504 1406 - -
300 2308 2204 2181 2077 2055 1950 1927 1824 1801 1697 1674 1571 - -
350 2218 2302 2179 2263 2139 2223 2100 2184 2060 2144 2021 2105 - -
400 2043 2125 2043 2124 2043 2123 2041 2122 2039 2121 2038 2120 2037 2119
140 1736 1731 1640 1699 1587 1654 1535 1603 - - - - - -
155 1491 1601 1477 1587 1451 1572 1427 1541 1403 1471 - - - -
170 1569 1627 1551 1613 1516 1568 1486 1537 1456 1510 - - - -
185 1701 1846 1683 1828 1651 1796 1627 1772 1592 1737 - - - -
200 1697 1850 1679 1831 1648 1800 1623 1776 1589 1741 - - - -
250 2292 2194 2153 2054 1976 1877 1779 1681 1642 1543 1504 1405 - -
275 2307 2203 2181 2077 2055 1951 1928 1824 1801 1697 1674 1570 - -
300 2218 2302 2178 2262 2139 2223 2099 2184 2059 2145 2021 2105 - -
350 2044 2125 2043 2124 2042 2124 2041 2122 2039 2120 2038 2119 2037 2118
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 47
Drainage Evaporator Water Piping

Provide large capacity drain for use during shutdown or RTAC units are available with 2- or 3-pass evaporator
repair. Evaporator is provided with drain connection. All configurations.
local and national codes apply. Vent on top of evaporator
waterbox prevents vacuum by allowing air into evaporator
for complete drainage.
Figure 21. Evaporator pass configurations, 2 compressor units
Water Connections
(see End View for details) Outlet Water
Connection
Control Panel End
Inlet Water
Connection
2-Pass
Evaporator
Top View End View

(Condenser removed for clarity) (Non-control panel end)
Inlet Water
Connection
Control Panel End
3-Pass
Evaporator
Outlet Water Top View

Connection (Condenser removed for clarity)
Figure 22. Evaporator pass configurations, 3 or 4 compressor units

Water Connections
(see End View for details) 2-Pass Evaporator
Circuit 1 Control Panel
Outlet
Inlet
Top View
(Condenser removed for clarity) End View
(Circuit 1 control panel end
3-Pass Evaporator Panel removed for clarity)
Inlet Water Outlet Water

Connection Connection
Top View
(Condenser removed for clarity)
48 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Thoroughly flush all water piping to the unit before making Evaporator Drain
the final piping connections to the unit.
Components and layout will vary slightly, depending on NOTICE:
the location of connections and the water source. Waterbox Damage!
NOTICE: Failure of follow these instructions could result in
damage to the waterbox. Do not use Teflon pipe tape
Evaporator Damage! or overtighten when installing valves, drains, plugs, and
vents on cast iron waterboxes.
Failure to follow instructions could cause evaporator
damage. The chilled water connections to the
evaporator are to be victaulic type connections. Do A 1/2 connection is located under outlet end of each
not attempt to weld these connections, as the heat evaporator waterbox for drainage during unit servicing. A
generated from welding can cause microscopic and vent is located on the top of each waterbox. For shipment,
macroscopic fractures on the cast iron waterboxes that drain plugs are removed and placed in a plastic bag in the
can lead to premature failure of the waterbox. To control panel, and vent plugs remain installed. Each drain
prevent damage to chilled water components, do not and vent must be piped with a shutoff valve, or plug
allow evaporator pressure (maximum working installed, prior to water pump operation.
pressure) to exceed 150 psig (10.5 bar).
Evaporator Flow Switch
Provide shutoff valves in gauge lines to isolate them from
The flow switch is factory-installed and programmed
system when not in use. Use rubber vibration eliminators
based on the operating conditions submitted with the
to prevent vibration transmission through water lines. If
order. The leaving evaporator temperature, fluid type and
desired, install thermometers in lines to monitor entering
fluid concentration affect the selected flow switch. If the
and leaving water temperatures. Install a balancing valve
operating conditions on the job site change, the flow
in leaving water line to control water flow balance. Install
switch may need to be replaced.
shutoff valves on both entering and leaving water lines so
evaporator can be isolated for service. The sensor head includes 3 LEDs, two yellow and one
green. Wait 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
NOTICE: before evaluating LEDs for flow status. When wired
correctly and flow is established, only the green LED
Evaporator Damage!
should be lit. Following are the LED indicators:
To prevent evaporator damage, pipe strainers must be
installed in the water supplies to protect components Green ON, both yellow OFF Flow
from water born debris. Trane is not responsible for Green and outside yellow ON No Flow
equipment-only-damage caused by water born debris.
Center yellow ON continuously Miswire
Piping components include all devices and controls Factory installed jumper wire W3 must be removed if
used to provide proper water system operation and unit using auxiliary contacts and/or additional proof of flow.
operating safety. These components and their general See schematics in RTAC-SVE01*-EN for more details.
locations are given below.
NOTICE:
Entering Chilled Water Piping
Equipment Damage!
Air vents (to bleed air from system). Incorrect wiring of auxiliary contacts could result in
Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves. equipment damage.
Vibration eliminators.
Shutoff (isolation) valves. Thermometers (if desired). Note: Use caution when connecting auxiliary contacts.
Terminals 1TB6-3 and 1TB6-5 are to be used for
Clean-out tees.
field connections. Inadvertent use of 1TB6-5 and
Pipe strainer. 1TB6-4 will result in a FALSE FLOW indication.
Leaving Chilled Water Piping If using auxiliary flow sensing, both yellow LEDs come on
initially when flow is stopped. Center yellow LED will turn
Air vents (to bleed air from system).
off after approximately 7 seconds. LED indicators are
Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves. otherwise same as indicated above.
Vibration eliminators.
Shutoff (isolation) valves.
Thermometers.
Clean-out tees.
Balancing valve.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 49
NOTICE:
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water could
result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is
recommended that the services of a qualified water
treatment specialist be engaged to determine what
water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment failures which result from
untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or
brackish water.
Important: If using an acidic commercial flushing

solution, construct a temporary bypass
around the unit to prevent damage to
internal components of the evaporator.
Dirt, scale, products of corrosion and other foreign
material will adversely affect heat transfer between the
water and system components. Foreign matter in chilled
water system can also increase pressure drop and reduce
water flow. Proper water treatment must be determined
locally, depending on system and local water
characteristics.
Neither salt nor brackish water is recommended. Use of
either will lead to a shortened life to an indeterminable
degree. The Trane Company encourages the service of a
reputable water treatment specialist, familiar with local
water conditions, to assist in this determination and in
establishment of a proper water treatment program.
Using untreated or improperly treated water in these units
may result in inefficient operation and possible tube
damage. Consult a qualified water treatment specialist to
determine whether treatment is needed.
Indexing Flow Switch

To properly index flow switch, the following requirements
must be met:
Dot must be at a position no greater than 90 off Index.
Torque must be between 22 ft-lb min and 74 ft-lb max.
A minimum distance of 5x pipe diameter must be
maintained between flow switch and any bends,
valves, changes in cross sections, etc.
Figure 23. Proper flow switch indexing
Top View
Flow The flow switch

Index must have the dot
in the shaded area
to the left of this line
for proper indexing
(90 off Index)
50 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Figure 24. Evaporator water pressure drop, 2-pass evaporator, 120 to 250 tons
100
60Hz: 140S, 155S
50Hz: 140S, 155S,
120H, 130H
50
Pressure Drop (ft H2O)
60Hz: 170S, 185S,

140H, 155H, 155X
50Hz: 170S, 185S,
145H, 155H
10
60Hz: 200S, 170H,
140X
50Hz: 200S, 170H
5
60Hz: 225S, 250S.

185H, 200H, 225H,
250H, 170X, 185X,
200X
50Hz: 185H, 200H
1
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Flow Rate (GPM)
100
60Hz: 300S
50Hz: 300S,250H
50
60Hz: 275S
50Hz: 250S, 275S
60Hz: 350S, 275H,

300H, 250X, 275X
50Hz: 275H, 300H
50Hz: 350S, 375S

10
60Hz: 400S, 350H,

5 300X
50Hz: 400S, 350H
60Hz: 450S
50Hz: 375H
60Hz: 500S, 400H,

450H, 350X
50Hz: 400H
1
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000
Flow Rate (GPM)
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 51
100
50
60Hz: 140S, 155S

50Hz: 140S, 155S,
120H, 130H
60Hz: 170S, 185S,

140H, 155H, 155X
10 50Hz: 170S, 185S,
145H, 155H
60Hz: 200S, 170H,

5 140X
50Hz: 200S, 170H
60Hz: 225S, 250S,

185H, 200H, 225H,
250H
50Hz: 185H, 200H
1
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Flow Rate (GPM)
80
60Hz: 400S, 350H,

50 300X
50Hz: 400S, 350H
50Hz: 350S, 375S
60Hz: 450S
50Hz: 375H
10 60Hz: 500S, 400H,

450H, 350X
50Hz: 400H
60Hz: 275S
5 50Hz: 250S, 275S
60Hz: 300S
50Hz: 300S, 250H
1
100 200 300 400 600 800 1000 2000
Flow Rate (GPM)
52 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Water Pressure Gauges

Figure 28. Suggested piping for typical RTAC evaporator
Flow Switch
(Factory Installed)
Install field-supplied pressure components as shown in

Figure 28, p. 53. Locate pressure gauges or taps in a
straight run of pipe; avoid placement near elbows, etc. Be
sure to install the gauges at the same elevation on each
shell if the shells have opposite-end water connections.
Note: Once the unit is installed at a site, one vertical or

one diagonal unit support can be permanently
removed if it creates an obstruction for water
piping.
To read manifolded pressure gauges, open one valve and
close the other (depending upon the reading desired). This
eliminates errors resulting from differently calibrated
gauges installed at unmatched elevations.
Water Pressure Relief Valves

NOTICE:
Evaporator Damage!
To prevent shell damage, install pressure relief valves in
the evaporator water system.
Install a water pressure relief valve in the evaporator inlet

piping between the evaporator and the inlet shutoff valve,
as shown in Figure 28, p. 53. Water vessels with close-
coupled shutoff valves have a high potential for
hydrostatic pressure buildup on a water temperature
increase. Refer to applicable codes for relief valve
installation guidelines.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 53
Freeze Avoidance
One or more of the ambient freeze avoidance methods in
Note: A secondary set of pump interlock is strongly
Table 41 must be used to protect the RTAC chiller from
recommended, but not required.
ambient freeze damage.
Table 41. RTAC freeze avoidance methods

Protects to
ambient
Method temperature Notes
Heaters alone will provide low ambient protection down to -20F (-29C), but will NOT
protect the evaporator from freezing as a result of charge migration. Therefore, it is
required that water pump control be used in conjunction with heaters.
Heaters are factory-installed on the evaporator and water piping and will protect them from freezing
Install heat tape on all water piping, pumps, and other components that may be damaged if exposed
to freezing temperatures. Heat tape must be designed for low ambient temperature applications. Heat
tape selection should be based on the lowest expected ambient temperature.
CH530 controller can start the pump when freezing conditions are detected. For this option the pump
must to be controlled by the RTAC unit and this function must be validated.
Water Pump Control Water circuit valves need to stay open at all times.
Down to -20F Water pump control and heater combination will protect the evaporator down to any
AND Heaters
ambient temperature provided power is available to the pump and the CH530 controller.
This option will NOT protect the evaporator in the event of a power failure to the chiller
unless backup power is supplied to the necessary components.
When no chiller operation is possible and the pump is already off, CH530 pump control for freeze
protection will command the pump to turn:
ON if liquid level > -0.83 AND evap sat temp < LWTC for 30F-sec (17C-sec)
OFF again if evaporator saturated temperature > LWTC OR liquid level < -0.83 for 30 minutes.
ON if entering OR leaving water temperature< LWTC for 30F-sec (17C-sec)
OFF again if water temperature > LWTC for 30 min
(where LWTC is leaving water temperature cutout)
Varies. Freeze protection can be accomplished by adding sufficient glycol to protect against freezing below
See Low the lowest ambient expected.
Evaporator Use of glycol type antifreeze reduces the cooling capacity of the unit and must be
Freeze Inhibitor Refrigerant Cutout, considered in the design of the system specifications.
Glycol
Recommendations,
p. 55
Shut off the power supply to the unit and to all heaters.
Drain Water Circuit Below -20F Purge the water circuit.
Blow out the evaporator to ensure no liquid is left in the evaporator.
NOTICE:
Evaporator Damage!
If insufficient concentration or no glycol is used, the
evaporator water flow must be controlled by the CH530
AND heaters must be used to avoid catastrophic
damage to the evaporator due to freezing. It is the
responsibility of the installing contractor and/or the
customer to ensure that a pump will start when called
upon by the chiller controls.
Even with water pump control, a power loss of as little
as 15 minutes under freezing conditions can damage
the evaporator. Only the proper addition of freeze
inhibitor or complete drainage of the water circuit can
ensure no evaporator damage in the event of a power
failure. See Table 42, p. 55 for correct concentration of
glycol.
54 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Low Evaporator Refrigerant

Table 42. Glycol recommendations
Cutout, Glycol Recommendations Ethylene Glycol
1. Solution freeze point is 4 deg F below operating point F 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
saturation temperature. DT C 2.22 3.33 4.44 5.56 6.67 7.78 8.89
2. LRTC is 4 deg F below freeze point. 38 (3) -- 5 5 5 5 6 --
Leaving Water Temperature F (C)

34 (1) -- 11 11 11 12 -- --
Procedure 30 (-1) -- 15 16 17 18 -- --
28 (-2) -- 18 18 19 -- -- --
1. Is operating condition contained within Table 42,
p. 55? If no, see Specials, p. 55. 26 (-3) -- 20 21 22 -- -- --
24 (-4) -- 22 23 26 -- -- --
2. For leaving fluid temperatures greater than 40 deg F,
22 (-6) -- 24 26 -- -- -- --
use settings for 40 deg F.
20 (-7) -- 26 30 -- -- -- --
3. Select operating conditions from Table 42. 18 (-8) -- 29 -- -- -- -- --
4. Read off recommended % glycol. 16 (-9) -- 31 -- -- -- -- --
5. Go to Table 43, p. 56 using the % glycol determined 14 (-10) 30 -- -- -- -- -- --

above. 12 (-11) 32 -- -- -- -- -- --
10.4 (-12) 34 -- -- -- -- -- --
Important: Additional glycol beyond the
recommendations will adversely effect unit Propylene Glycol
performance. Unit efficiency and saturated F 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
DT
evaporator temperature will be reduced. C 2.22 3.33 4.44 5.56 6.67 7.78 8.89
For some operating conditions this effect 38 (3) -- 6 6 7 7 8 --
Leaving Water Temperature F (C)
can be significant. 34 (1) -- 13 13 15 17 -- --

6. If additional glycol is used, then use the actual % glycol 30 (-1) -- 19 21 -- -- -- --
to establish the low refrigerant cutout setpoint. 28 (-2) -- 22 -- -- -- -- --
7. The minimum low refrigerant cutout setpoint allowed 26 (-3) -- 25 -- -- -- -- --

is -5 deg F. The minimum is established by the 24 (-4) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
solubility limits of the oil in the refrigerant. 22 (-6) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
20 (-7) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Specials 18 (-8) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Any of the following conditions are considered special 16 (-9) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
applications that must be calculated by engineering: 14 (-10) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
12 (-11) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1. Freeze inhibitor other than ethylene glycol, propylene
glycol, calcium chloride or methanol. 10.4 (-12) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Notes:
2. Fluid delta T outside the range 4 to 16 deg F. 1. These tables represent the MINIMUM RECOMMENDED glycol
percentages for each operating condition
3. Unit configuration other than Standard, Standard with 2. Operation is not recommended at certain operating conditions as
extra pass, and Premium. some chillers may not satisfy maximum or minimum velocity
requirements or minimum performance requirements. Contact Trane
4. % Glycol greater than maximum in column in Table 43. Sales Representative for more information regarding the operating
limits of a particular chiller.
Special should all be calculated by engineering. The
purpose of calculating is to make sure that design
saturation temperature is greater than 3 deg F.
Additionally, the calculation must verify that the fluid
freeze point is a minimum of 4 deg. F lower that the design
saturation temperature. The low evaporator temperature
cutout will be 4 deg F below the freeze point or -5 deg F,
whichever is greater.
Important: When using glycol, Techview Setpoint View
setting for Freeze Inhibitor Present must
be set to Yes to prevent nuisance high
approach diagnostic.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 55
Table 43. Recommended low evaporator refrigerant

cutout and percent glycol
Low Refrig. Temp
Cutout Solution Freeze Point
% Glycol F C F C
Ethylene
0 28.0 -2.2 32 0
5 25.0 -3.9 29 -1.7
10 21.5 -5.8 25.5 -3.6
15 17.5 -8.1 21.5 -5.8
20 12.8 -10.7 16.8 -8.4
25 7.4 -13.7 11.4 -11.4
30 1.1 -17.2 5.1 -15.0
35 -5.0 -20.6 -2.3 -19.1
40 -5.0 -20.6 -10.8 -23.8
45 -5.0 -20.6 -20.7 -29.3
50 -5.0 -20.6 -32.1 -35.6
54 -5.0 -20.6 -42.3 -41.3
Propylene Glycol
0 28.0 -2.2 32.0 0
5 25.3 -3.7 29.3 -1.5
10 22.4 -5.3 26.4 -3.1
15 19.1 -7.2 23.1 -4.9
20 15.3 -9.3 19.3 -7.1
25 10.8 -11.8 14.8 -9.6
30 5.3 -14.8 9.3 -12.6
35 -1.3 -19.5 2.7 -16.3
40 -5.0 -20.6 -5.2 -20.7
45 -5.0 -20.6 -14.6 -25.9
50 -5.0 -20.6 -25.8 -32.1
54 -5.0 -20.6 -36.1 -37.8
Note: Chilled Water Temperature Cutout should be set to 5F below the
lowest allowable Chilled Water Set Point bases on the %Glycol.
56 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Remote Evaporator Option
The RTAC 140-250 ton outdoor unit with the Remote
Evaporator option is shipped as two pieces: the outdoor
unit (condensing) and the evaporator. Short suction line NOTICE:
connections are provided with the outdoor condensing Equipment Damage!
unit. The remote evaporator is shipped complete, with
If the circuits are crossed, serious equipment damage
factory-mounted electronic expansion valves, water could occur.
temperature sensors, suction pressure transducers, liquid
level control sensors, evaporator flow switch, all factory 3. Piping between the evaporator and outdoor unit can
wired to a ribbon cable. Solenoid valves and drain valves not exceed 200 actual feet and/or an equivalent length
are wired to a relay board in the terminal box. The of 300 feet.
installing contractor is required to provide and install the
following: Note: The latter includes the equivalent length of all
associated field installed fittings, valves,
2-wire, twisted shielded communication line between accessories and straight lengths of interconnecting
the remote evaporator terminal box and the piping.
Condensing Units control panel
4. Horizontal portions of suction lines must be downward
4-wire connection from evaporator terminal box to sloping toward the compressor at least 1/2 inch for
condensing unit control panel for flow switch wiring each 10 feet run. This promotes the movement of oil in
(see Figure 33, p. 65) the direction of gas flow.
115 VAC single phase power supply to the remote 5. Suction lines must be insulated.
evaporator terminal box
6. The line sizes defined are to be used only for 40-60 F
2 liquid lines leaving water temperature and/or full load ice-making
2 suction lines applications.
Suction accumulator as specified 7. Figure 29, p. 58, drawing 1 depicts an installation
where the remote evaporator elevation is the same as
Note: A unit ordered as a remote evaporator must also be
that of the outdoor condensing unit. The suction and
ordered with either the wide or low ambient option.
liquid lines are horizontal or down flowing only.
The fan inverters are necessary for proper control.
The suction and liquid lines can be put under ground or
System Configuration and in a trench. The temperature of the suction lines must
never exceed the temperature of the compressor. The
Interconnecting Refrigerant line can be below the compressors a maximum of 15 ft.
Piping 8. Figure 29, p. 58, drawing 2 shows a variation to
drawing 1. The remote evaporator and outdoor
The system may be configured in any of the four condensing unit are at the same elevation but
arrangements shown in Figure 29, p. 58. The interconnecting piping may be installed up to 15 feet
configurations and their associated elevations, along with above the base elevation. Refer to Table 46, p. 61 to
the total distance between the remote evaporator and the determine the required length of the suction
compressor/condenser section, play a critical role in accumulator line. A full size suction accumulator is
determining suction and liquid line sizes. This will also required at the evaporator and 50% of the value is
affect field refrigerant and oil charges. Consequently, there required at the condensing unit.
are physical limits which must not be violated if the system 9. A refrigerant drain valve is installed at the bottom of
is to operate as designed. Please note the following the evaporator for freeze protection. This drain valve is
requirements for field installation: a normally open, pilot operated valve which remains
1. The remote evaporator MUST be matched with its closed unless there is a potential freezing situation
respective outdoor condensing unit. detected via low evap temperatures or low water
temperatures or a power failure. If the drain valve is
2. The circuit number on the outdoor condensing unit
opened the installed suction accumulator must be
must match the circuit number on the evaporator, i.e.
capable of holding the entire evaporator charge. Refer
circuit #1 on the outdoor condensing unit must be
to Table 46, p. 61 for sizing.
connected with circuit # 1 on the remote evaporator
and likewise for circuit #2. RTAC Circuit Capacities are 10. For installations where the remote evaporator is at a
shown in General Data Tables. lower elevation than the outdoor condensing unit as
shown in Figure 29, p. 58, drawing 3, the elevation
difference is not to exceed 100 feet. An inverted liquid
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 57
Installation - Mechanical Remote Evaporator Option
line trap at the condensing unit is required to prevent and operation of the chiller, that the elevation
unwanted free cooling. The apex of the liquid line trap requirements given in Table 44, p. 60 are not
should be at a height above the condenser coils. A exceeded. It should also be noted that in this
suction accumulator must be installed at the configuration the suction accumulator is installed at
evaporator. Refer to Table 46, p. 61 for sizing. the condensing section.
11. When the elevation of the remote evaporator exceeds Note: The height is limited by the available subcooling.
that of the outdoor condensing unit as shown in 12. Compressor & oil separator heaters must be on at least
Figure 29, p. 58, drawing 4, the elevation difference is 24 hours prior to compressor start.
determined by Table 44, p. 60. The suction
accumulator line must be installed according to
Table 46, p. 61. It is very important, for proper control
Figure 29. Remote evaporator installations
58 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Figure 30. Circuit identification
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 59
Table 44. Liquid line sizing(a) 140 to 250 ton remote evaporator
Leaving water Height (ft) Leaving water Height (ft)
40-50F 0 1-5 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30 31-35 50-60F 0 1-5 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30
70-ton circuit
25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 n/a 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 2.125
50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 n/a 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 2.125
75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 n/a 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 n/a
100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 n/a 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 2.125 n/a
125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 n/a 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a
Total 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 n/a n/a Total 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a
Equivalent Equivalent
Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a
200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a 200 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a
225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a 225 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a
250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a n/a 250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a
275 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a n/a 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a
300 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a n/a 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a
85-ton circuit
25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 2.125 n/a 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 2.125 n/a n/a
50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 n/a n/a 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a
75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 n/a n/a 75 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a n/a
100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 n/a n/a 100 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a 125 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
Total 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a Total 150 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 n/a n/a Length (ft) 175 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
200 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a 200 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
225 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a 225 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a 250 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a 275 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
300 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a 300 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a n/a n/a
100-ton circuit
25 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 25 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625
50 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 50 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625
75 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 75 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125
100 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 100 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125
125 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 125 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125
Total 150 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 Total 150 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125
Length (ft) 175 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 Length (ft) 175 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125
200 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 200 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125
225 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 225 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125
250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 250 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625
275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 275 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625
300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a 300 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625
120-ton circuit
25 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 25 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625
50 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 50 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625
75 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.625 75 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125
100 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.625 100 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125
125 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.625 125 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125
Total 150 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.625 Total 150 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125
Length (ft) 175 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625 Length (ft) 175 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125
200 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625 200 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125
225 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 n/a 225 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125
250 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625 n/a 250 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625
275 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625 n/a 275 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625
300 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625 n/a 300 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.625
(a) Typical type L copper O.D.
60 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Line Sizing 3. See Table 44, p. 60 to determine outside diameter

corresponding to equivalent length computed in step
To determine the appropriate outside diameter for field 2 for height and leaving water temperature of interest.
installed liquid and suction lines, it is first necessary to Note: If condenser is at same elevation or above evap,
establish the equivalent length of pipe for each line. It is use 0 ft. column.
also necessary to know the capacity (tons) of each circuit.
4. With the outside diameter found in step # 3, use
Circuit capacities for each RTAC unit are listed in Table 1,
Table 45, p. 61 to determine the equivalent lengths of
p. 10 through Table 10, p. 19.
each fitting in the field installed piping.
Table 45. Equivalent lengths of non-ferrous valves and
fittings (feet) 5. Add equivalent lengths of all field installed elbows and
valves.
Long
Line Size Globe Short Angle Short Radius Radius
6. Add the length found in step # 5 to the actual length
Inches OD Valve Valve ELL ELL from step # 1. This is your new equivalent line length.
1-1/8 87 29 2.7 1.9 7. Using Table 44, p. 60 again, find the outside diameter
1-3/8 102 33 3.2 2.2 that corresponds to the new equivalent line length
from step # 6. If it is the same as step #3, this is the final
1-5/8 115 34 3.8 2.6
equivalent length. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
2-1/8 141 39 5.2 3.4
8. Using Table 45, p. 61 and the new outside diameter
2-5/8 159 44 6.5 4.2
found in step # 7, find the equivalent line length of each
3-1/8 185 53 8 5.1
valve and fitting, and sum them.
3-5/8 216 66 10 6.3
9. Add the length found in step # 8 to the actual length
4-1/8 248 76 12 7.3
from step # 1. This is the new equivalent line length.
10. With the equivalent line length found in step # 9, use
Liquid Line Sizing Steps Table 44, p. 60 to select the proper outside diameter for
The steps to compute liquid line size are as follows: the liquid lines. If the same as in step #7, this is your
1. Compute the actual length of field installed piping. final equivalent line length. Otherwise, repeat step #7.
2. Multiply the length from step # 1 by 1.5 to estimate the Note: Location and quantity of suction accumulator is
dependent upon the unit configuration.
equivalent length.
Table 46. Required length of field installed suction line accumulator (ft)
70 Ton Circuit(a) 85 Ton Circuit 100 Ton Circuit 120 Ton Circuit
Actual Feet O.D. of Field Installed Liquid Line
of field
installed 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 1/8 1 5/8 2 1/8 2 5/8 1 5/8 2 1/8 2 5/8
liquid line Length of 3 5/8 Suction Length of 3 5/8 Suction Length of 4 1/8 Suction Length of 4 1/8 Suction
Accumulator Accumulator Accumulator Accumulator
10 43 44 45 52 52 53 43 44 46 52 53 54
20 45 46 49 53 54 57 45 47 50 53 55 58
30 46 48 52 54 56 60 46 49 53 55 58 62
40 48 50 55 56 58 63 48 52 57 56 60 66
50 49 52 59 57 60 67 49 55 61 58 63 70
60 51 54 62 59 62 70 51 57 65 59 66 74
70 52 56 65 60 64 73 53 60 69 61 68 78
80 53 58 69 62 66 77 54 62 73 62 71 81
90 55 60 72 63 68 80 56 65 77 64 73 85
100 56 62 75 64 70 83 57 68 81 66 76 89
110 58 64 79 66 72 87 59 70 85 67 79 93
120 59 66 82 67 74 90 60 73 89 69 81 97
130 61 68 85 69 76 93 62 75 93 70 84 101
140 62 70 89 70 78 97 63 78 97 72 86 105
150 64 72 92 72 80 100 65 81 101 73 89 109
160 65 74 95 73 82 103 67 83 105 75 92 113
170 66 76 99 75 84 107 68 86 108 76 94 117
180 68 78 102 76 86 110 70 88 112 78 97 121
190 69 79 105 77 88 113 71 91 116 80 99 125
200 71 81 109 79 90 117 73 94 120 81 102 129
(a) Circuit 2 of 155 ton premium unit requires an additional 10 feet of suction accumulator length.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 61
Example Liquid Line Sizing
Figure 31. Liquid line sizing example
The steps to compute suction line size are as follows:

For this example, refer to Table 44, p. 60, Table 45, p. 61 1. Break the suction line into it's Vertical/Upflow and
and Figure 31, p. 62. Assume a 70 ton circuit and a leaving Horizontal/Downflow components.
water temperature of 49 degrees F. 2. From Table 47, p. 62, select the appropriate Vertical/
1. From Figure 31, p. 62, the actual length of field Upflow suction line outside diameter according to the
installed piping is: circuit tonnage. This is the diameter of the upflow
80 + 8 + 8 + 21 = 117 feet suction line and any fittings in the upflow line.
2. Estimate equivalent line length: 3. From Table 47, select the appropriate Horizontal/
Downflow suction line outside diameter according to
117 feet x 1.5 = 175 feet the circuit tonnage. This is the diameter of the upflow
3. From Table 44, p. 60 for a 70 ton circuit, for 175 suction line and any fittings in the upflow line.
equivalent feet the OD is 1.375 inches. Note: The diameters of the upflow, and horizontal or
Note: Use the 0 ft. column since the condenser is above downflow portions of the suction line may differ
the evap depending on the application.
4. In Figure 31, p. 62, there are six long-radius elbows. Example Suction Line Sizing
From Table 45, p. 61, for 1.375 inch elbows, the
equivalent feet is: For this example, refer to Table 47 and Figure 31, p. 62
assume a 70 ton circuit and a leaving water temperature of
6 elbows x 2.2 feet = 13.2 feet 49 degrees F.
5. Adding equivalent feet from step #4 to step #1 gives: 1. From Table 47 the vertical/upflow suction line is: 3 5/8
13.2 feet + 117 feet = 130.2 feet O.D.
6. From Table 44, p. 60, for a 70 ton circuit, for 125 2. From Table 47, the horizontal/downflow line is: 3 5/8
equivalent feet (nearest to 130.2), the O.D. is 1- 3/8 O.D.
inches. Note: In this example, the horizontal line is pitched
Liquid Line size = 1-3/8 inches downward in the direction of flow.
Suction Line Sizing Steps Suction Accumulator Sizing

Use Table 46, p. 61 to calculate length and size of the
Table 47. Suction line sizes required suction accumulator(s).
Vertical/Upflow and Horizontal/Downflow Suction Lines Example of Suction Accumulator Line Sizing
O.D. (Type L Copper)
Use Figure 31, p. 62 and the same assumptions from the
70 ton 85ton 100 ton 120 ton liquid line sizing example to calculate the suction
LWT (F) circuit circuit circuit circuit accumulator line size and length.
40 - 60 3 5/8 3 5/8 4 1/8 4 1/8
In this case the accumulator is installed at the evaporator.
62 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
1. Use the 70 ton circuit column. have the same capability, due to additional piping
2. From the liquid line sizing example, use a field installed requirements.
liquid line of:
1.375 (1 3/8) inches Refrigerant Sensors
3. The actual feet of liquid line installed is: 117 feet All necessary refrigerant devices, transducers and
4. The size of the suction accumulator is: 3 5/8 inches solenoids are factory installed and wired to the evaporator
5. The length of the suction line accumulator is: 59 feet terminal box.
Piping Installation Procedures Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve

Venting
WARNING
Hazard of Explosion and Deadly Gases! WARNING
Failure to follow all proper safe refrigerant handling Confined Space Hazards!
practices could result in death or serious injury. Failure to follow instructions below could result in
Never solder, braze or weld on refrigerant lines or any death or serious injury. Do not work in confined spaces
unit components that are above atmospheric pressure where refrigerant or other hazardous, toxic or
or where refrigerant may be present. Always remove flammable gas may be leaking. Refrigerant or other
refrigerant by following the guidelines established by gases could displace available oxygen to breathe,
the EPA Federal Clean Air Act or other state or local causing possible asphyxiation or other serious health
codes as appropriate. After refrigerant removal, use dry risks. Some gases may be flammable and or explosive.
nitrogen to bring system back to atmospheric pressure If a leak in such spaces is detected, evacuate the area
before opening system for repairs. Mixtures of immediately and contact the proper rescue or response
refrigerants and air under pressure may become authority.
combustible in the presence of an ignition source
leading to an explosion. Excessive heat from soldering,
Vent pipe size must conform to the ANSI/ASHRAE
brazing or welding with refrigerant vapors present can
form highly toxic gases and extremely corrosive acids. Standard 15 for vent pipe sizing. All federal, state, and
local codes take precedence over any suggestions stated
in this manual.
All relief valve venting is the responsibility of the installing
NOTICE: contractor.
Equipment Damage! All RTAC remote evaporator units use evaporator pressure
Do not use a saw to remove end caps, as this may relief valves (see Figure 32, p. 64) that must be vented to
allow copper chips to contaminate the system. Use a the outside of the building.
tubing cutter or heat to remove the end caps.
Relief valve connection sizes and locations are shown in
The outdoor unit and the evaporator are shipped with a 25 the unit submittals. Refer to local codes for relief valve vent
psig holding pressure of dry nitrogen. Do not relieve this line sizing information.
pressure until field installation of the refrigerant piping is
NOTICE:
to be accomplished. This will require the removal of the
temporary pipe caps. Equipment Damage!
Note: Use Type L refrigerant-grade copper tubing only. Do not exceed vent piping code specifications. Failure
to comply with specifications could result in capacity
The refrigerant lines must be isolated to prevent line reduction, unit damage and/or relief valve damage.
vibration from being transferred to the building. Do not
secure the lines rigidly to the building at any point.
Relief valve discharge setpoints and capacities rates are
All horizontal suction lines should be pitched downward, given in Table 48, p. 64. Once the relief valve has opened,
in the direction of flow, at a slope of 1/2 inch per 10 feet of it will re-close when pressure is reduced to a safe level.
run.
Once opened, relief valves may have a tendency to leak
Important: Field installed liquid line service valves are and must be replaced.
recommended for installation. Liquid line
Pressure relief valve discharge capacities will vary with
service valves are not provided by the
shell diameter and length and also compressor
factory.
displacement. Discharge venting capacity should be
Note: Although packaged unit condensers and calculated as required by ASHRAE Standard 15-94. Do not
evaporators are sized to hold complete refrigerant adjust relief valve setting in the field.
charge, units with a remote evaporator may not
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 63
Table 48. Pressure Relief Valve Data

Valve Discharge Rated Capacity per Field Connection Pipe Factory Shell Side
Unit Sizes Location Setpoint (psi) Qty Valve (lba/min.) Size (NPT) Connection (in)
120H - 250S 60Hz/200H/170XE Evap 200 2 17.3 5/8 MFL 7/8 - 14 UNF-2A
250S 50Hz/225H/185XE - 500S Evap 200 2 28.9 3/4 NPTFI 7/8 - 14 UNF-2A
All Oil Sep 350 2 6.3 3/8 MFL 1/4-18 NPTFE
Leak Test and Evacuation

For field evacuation, use a rotary-type vacuum pump
After installation of refrigerant piping, thoroughly test the capable of pulling a vacuum of 500 microns or less. Follow
system for leaks. Pressure test system at pressures the pump manufacturer's instructions for proper use of
required by local codes. the pump. The line used to connect the pump to the
system should be copper and be the largest diameter that
WARNING can be practically used. A larger line size with minimum
Hazard of Explosion! flow resistance can significantly reduce evacuation time.
Failure to follow instructions below could result in Use the ports on the suction service valves and the liquid
death or serious injury or equipment or property-only line shutoff valves for access to the system for evacuation.
damage. Use only dry nitrogen with a pressure Ensure that the suction service valve, the liquid line shutoff
regulator for pressurizing unit. Do not use acetylene, valve, the oil line shutoff valve and any field installed
oxygen or compressed air or mixtures containing them valves are open in the proper position before evacuating.
for pressure testing. Do not use mixtures of a hydrogen
containing refrigerant and air above atmospheric Insulate entire suction line and suction accumulator line.
pressure for pressure testing as they may become Where line is exposed, wrap with weatherproof tape and
flammable and could result in an explosion. Refrigerant, seal with weatherproof compound.
when used as a trace gas should only be mixed with dry
nitrogen for pressurizing units.
Figure 32. Remote evaporator
64 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Figure 33. Field wiring between remote evaporator and condensing unit
Refrigerant and Additional Oil Charge

Refrigerant Charge Determination General Data, p. 9 to establish the required charge
without the field-installed piping.
The approximate amount of refrigerant charge required by
the system must be determined by referring to Table 49 2. Next, determine the charge required for the
and must be verified by running the system and checking field-installed piping by referring to Table 49, p. 65.
subcooling. 3. Sum the values of step 1 and step 2 to determine the
Table 49. Field installed piping charge circuit charge.
Note: The amounts of refrigerant listed in Table 49, p. 65
Suction Line Liquid Line
lbs of R134a per lbs of R134a per
are per 100 feet of pipe. Requirements will be in
Pipe O.D. (in) 100ft 100ft direct proportion to the actual length of piping.
1-3/8 N/A 62.4
Oil Charge Determination
1-5/8 N/A 88.3
The unit is factory charged with the amount of oil required
2-1/8 N/A 153.6
by the system, without the field-installed piping. The
2-5/8 N/A 236.9
amount of the additional oil required is dependent upon
3-1/8 5.0 N/A the amount of refrigerant that is added to the system for
3-5/8 6.8 N/A the field installed piping.
4-1/8 8.8 N/A Use the following formula to calculate the amount of oil to
be added:
1. To determine the appropriate charge, first refer to the
Pints of Oil = [lbs of R-134a added for field-installed
Table 1, p. 10 through Table 10, p. 19 in section
piping]/100
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 65
Installation - Electrical
General Recommendations
As you review this manual, keep in mind that:
All field-installed wiring must conform to National
Electric Code (NEC) guidelines, and any applicable
state and local codes. Be sure to satisfy proper
equipment grounding requirements per NEC.
Compressor motor and unit electrical data (including
minimum circuit ampacities, motor kW, voltage
utilization range, rated load amps) is listed on the
chiller nameplate.
All field-installed wiring must be checked for proper
terminations, and for possible shorts or grounds.
Note: Always refer to wiring diagrams shipped with
chiller or unit submittal for specific electrical
schematic and connection information.
WARNING
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
Failure to follow code could result in death or serious
injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
NEC and your local/state electrical codes.
WARNING
Hazardous Voltage!
Failure to disconnect power before servicing could
result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric
power, including remote disconnects before servicing.
Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the
power can not be inadvertently energized.
NOTICE:
Use Copper Conductors Only!
Failure to use copper conductors could result in
equipment damage as unit terminals are not designed
to accept other types of conductors.
Important: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run

low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with
conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
66 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Installer-Supplied Components
Customer wiring interface connections are shown in the
electrical schematics and connection diagrams that are
shipped with the unit. The installer must provide the NOTICE:
following components if not ordered with the unit: Use Copper Conductors Only!
Power supply wiring (in conduit) for all field-wired Failure to use copper conductors could result in
connections. equipment damage as unit terminals are not designed
to accept other types of conductors.
All control (interconnecting) wiring (in conduit) for
field supplied devices.
Cut holes into the sides of the control panel for the
Fused-disconnect switches or circuit breakers. appropriately-sized power wiring conduits. The wiring is
Power factor correction capacitors. (optional) passed through these conduits and connected to the
terminal blocks, optional unit-mounted disconnects, or
Power Supply Wiring HACR type breakers. Refer to Figure 34, p. 68.
All power supply wiring must be sized and selected To provide proper phasing of 3-phase input, make
accordingly by the project engineer in accordance with connections as shown in field wiring diagrams and as
NEC Table 310-16. stated on the WARNING label in the starter panel. For
additional information on proper phasing, refer to Unit
Voltage Phasing. Proper equipment ground must be
WARNING provided to each ground connection in the panel (one for
each customer-supplied conductor per phase).
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
All 115 volt field-provided connections (either control or
Required!
power) are made through knockouts on the lower left side
Failure to follow code could result in death or serious of the panel, as shown on Figure 34. Additional grounds
injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified may be required for each 115 volt power supply to the unit.
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
Green lugs are provided for 115V customer wiring.
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for Single Point Power on Dual Panel Units
NEC and your local/state electrical codes. (Optional)
Units which require two control panels and with single
point power option selected, are built with a power
connection junction box located in the center of the unit as
WARNING shown in Figure 35, p. 68. Customer will connect to
Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! terminal blocks inside this panel.
Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors
before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
Disconnect all electric power, including remote
disconnects and discharge all motor start/run
capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/
tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be
inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or
other energy storing components provided by Trane or
others, refer to the appropriate manufacturers literature
for allowable waiting periods for discharge of
capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
capacitors have discharged.
For additional information regarding the safe discharge
of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN
All wiring must comply with local codes and the National
Electrical Code. The installing (or electrical) contractor
must provide and install the system interconnecting
wiring, as well as the power supply wiring. It must be
properly sized and equipped with the appropriate fused
disconnect switches.
The type and installation location(s) of the fused
disconnects must comply with all applicable codes.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 67
Figure 34. Control panel
Incoming
Customer
Power
Location
Knockouts Cut holes

for 30V for power
wiring in
115V THIS AREA
Field See side view.
Wiring
Side View - Right
Figure 35. Single point power box (optional on dual panel units)
Incoming
Customer
Cut holes Power
for power Location
wiring in
THIS AREA
See side view.
Single Point Power Box - Installed Side View - Right
Control Power Supply Heater Power Supply and Convenience

Outlet (Packaged Units Only)
The unit is equipped with a control power transformer; it
is not necessary to provide additional control power The evaporator shell is insulated from ambient air and
voltage to the unit. protected from freezing temperatures by two
thermostatically-controlled immersion heaters and two
All units are factory-connected for appropriate labeled strip heaters. Whenever the water temperature drops to
voltages except for the 400V/50Hz units which need the approximately 37F (2.8C), the thermostat energizes the
control power transformer (1T1) reconnected as noted heaters. The heaters will provide protection from ambient
below. temperatures down to -20F (-29C).
Important: As shipped, a normal 400 volt unit control It is required to provide an independent power source
power transformer is wired on the 400 volt (115V 60Hz-20 amp, 220V 50Hz-15 amp), with a fused-
tap (H3). Reconnect the appropriate disconnect. The heaters are factory-wired back to the unit
transformer wire lead 126A to the tap (H2) control panel.
for 380V/50Hz power supply or lead 126A to
the tap H4 for the 415V/50 Hz power supply.
It is also necessary to adjust the unit
voltage setting using TechView
(Configuration-Custom Tab).
68 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Low Ambient Run Inhibit (200), and Ice Building complete

(101).
NOTICE:
Regardless of whether the chiller is allowed to control the
Equipment Damage! pump on a full-time basis, if the MP calls for a pump to start
Control panel main processor does not check for loss of and water does not flow, the evaporator may be damaged
power to the heat tape nor does it verify thermostat catastrophically. It is the responsibility of the installing
operation. A qualified technician must verify power to contractor and/or the customer to ensure that a pump will
the heat tape and confirm operation of the heat tape start when called upon by the chiller controls.
thermostat to avoid catastrophic damage to the
evaporator.
Table 50. Pump relay operation
A convenience outlet is also optional, which shares the Chiller Mode Relay Operation
same power supply as the heaters on 140-250 ton units. Be Auto Instant close
aware that when the heater is operating, the convenience
Ice Building Instant close
outlet amperage draw will be reduced accordingly.
Tracer Override Close
Note: The convenience outlet is optional. The heaters are
Stop Timed Open
required.
Ice Complete Instant Open
Diagnostics Instant Open
Interconnecting Wiring
Note: Exceptions are listed below.
Chilled Water Pump Control
When going from Stop to Auto, the EWP relay is energized
An evaporator water pump output relay closes when the immediately. If evaporator water flow is not established in
chiller is given a signal to go into the Auto mode of 20 minutes (for normal transition) or 4 minutes, 15
operation from any source. The contact is opened to turn seconds (for pump commanded ON due to an override
off the pump in the event of most machine level safety), the CH530 de-energizes the EWP relay and
diagnostics to prevent the build up of pump heat. generates a non-latching diagnostic. If flow returns (e.g.
someone else is controlling the pump), the diagnostic is
cleared, the EWP is re-energized, and normal control
NOTICE: resumed.
Equipment Damage! If evaporator water flow is lost once it had been
If insufficient concentration or no glycol is used, the established, the EWP relay remains energized and a non-
evaporator water pumps must be controlled by the latching diagnostic is generated. If flow returns, the
CH530 to avoid severe damage to the evaporator due to diagnostic is cleared and the chiller returns to normal
freezing. A power loss of 15 minutes during freezing operation.
can damage the evaporator. It is the responsibility of
In general, when there is either a non-latching or latching
the installing contractor and/or the customer to ensure
that a pump will start when called upon by the chiller diagnostic, the EWP relay is turned off as though there was
controls. a zero time delay. Exceptions (see above table) whereby
the relay continues to be energized occur with:
Please consult Table 43, p. 56 for correct concentration A Low Chilled Water Temp. diagnostic (non-latching)
of glycol. (unless also accompanied by an Evap Leaving Water
The warranty will be void, in case of freezing due to the Temperature Sensor Diagnostic)
lack of use of either of these protections. or
The relay output from 1U10 is required to operate the A starter contactor interrupt failure diagnostic, in which a
Evaporator Water Pump (EWP) contactor. Contacts should compressor continues to draw current even after
be compatible with 115/240 VAC control circuit. The EWP commanded to have shutdown
relay operates in different modes depending on CH530 or or
Tracer commands, if available, or service pumpdown (See
A Loss of Evaporator Water Flow diagnostic (non-latching)
maintenance section). Normally, the EWP relay follows the
and the unit is in the AUTO mode, after initially having
AUTO mode of the chiller. Whenever the chiller has no
proven evaporator water flow.
diagnostics and is in the AUTO mode, regardless of where
the auto command is coming from, the normally open
relay is energized. When the chiller exits the AUTO mode, Alarm and Status Relay Outputs
the relay is timed open for an adjustable (using TechView) (Programmable Relays)
0 to 30 minutes. The non-AUTO modes in which the pump
is stopped, include Reset (88), Stop (00), External Stop A programmable relay concept provides for enunciation of
(100), Remote Display Stop (600), Stopped by Tracer (300), certain events or states of the chiller, selected from a list of
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 69
likely needs, while only using four physical output relays, Table 51. Alarm and status relay output configuration
as shown in the field wiring diagram. The four relays are
Description
provided (generally with a Quad Relay Output LLID) as part
of the Alarm Relay Output Option. The relays contacts are This output is true whenever the chiller has
reached maximum capacity or had reached its
isolated Form C (SPDT), suitable for use with 120 VAC maximum capacity and since that time has
circuits drawing up to 2.8 amps inductive, 7.2 amps Maximum Capacity not fallen below 70% average current relative
resistive, or 1/3 HP and for 240 VAC circuits drawing up to (software 18.0 or later) to the rated ARI current for the chiller. The
0.5 amp resistive. output is false when the chiller falls below
70% average current and, since that time,
The list of events/states that can be assigned to the had not reestablished maximum capacity.
programmable relays can be found in Table 51.. The relay
will be energized when the event/state occurs. Relay Assignments Using
Table 51. Alarm and status relay output configuration TechView
Description CH530 Service Tool (TechView) is used to install the Alarm
This output is true whenever there is any
and Status Relay Option package and assign any of the
active diagnostic that requires a manual reset above list of events or status to each of the four relays
to clear, that affects either the Chiller, the provided with the option. The relays to be programmed
Alarm - Latching
Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. are referred to by the relays terminal numbers on the LLID
This classification does not include
informational diagnostics. board 1U12.
This output is true whenever there is any The default assignments for the four available relays of the
active diagnostic that could automatically RTAC Alarm and Status Package Option are:
clear, that affects either the Chiller, the
Alarm - Auto Reset Table 52. Default assignments
Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit.
This classification does not include
informational diagnostics. Relay
This output is true whenever there is any Relay 1 Terminals J2 -12,11,10: Alarm
diagnostic affecting any component, whether
Relay 2 Terminals J2 - 9,8,7: Chiller Running
Alarm latching or automatically clearing. This
classification does not include informational Relay 3 Terminals J2-6,5,4: Maximum Capacity
diagnostics
Relay 4 Terminals J2-3,2,1: Chiller Limit
This output is true whenever there is any
diagnostic effecting Refrigerant Circuit 1,
whether latching or automatically clearing, If any of the Alarm/Status relays are used, provide
Alarm Ckt 1
including diagnostics affecting the entire electrical power, 115 VAC with fused-disconnect to the
chiller. This classification does not include panel and wire through the appropriate relays (terminals
informational diagnostics.
on 1U12 (EUR=A4-5)). Provide wiring (switched hot,
This output is true whenever there is any neutral, and ground connections) to the remote
diagnostic affecting Refrigerant Circuit 2
whether latching or automatically clearing, annunciation devices. Do not use power from the chillers
Alarm Ckt 2
including diagnostics effecting the entire control panel transformer to power these remote devices.
chiller. This classification does not include Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit.
informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever the chiller has
Chiller Limit Mode (with
been running in one of the Unloading types of Low Voltage Wiring
limit modes (Condenser, Evaporator, Current
a 20 minute filter)
Limit or Phase Imbalance Limit) continuously The remote devices described below require low voltage
for the last 20 minutes. wiring. All wiring to and from these remote input devices
This output is true whenever any compressors to the Control Panel must be made with shielded, twisted
are running (or commanded to be running) on pair conductors. Be sure to ground the shielding only at
Circuit 1 Running Refrigerant Circuit 1, and false when no
compressors are commanded to be running the panel.
on that circuit. Important: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run
This output is true whenever any compressors low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with
are running (or commanded to be running) on
conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
Circuit 2 Running Refrigerant Circuit 2, and false when no
compressors are commanded to be running
on that circuit. Emergency Stop
This output is true whenever any compressors CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/
are running (or commanded to be running) on
Chiller Running installed latching trip out. When this customer-furnished
the chiller and false when no compressors are
commanded to be running on the chiller. remote contact 5K14 is provided, the chiller will run
normally when the contact is closed. When the contact
opens, the unit will trip on a manually resettable
diagnostic. This condition requires manual reset at the
chiller switch on the front of the control panel.
70 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Connect low voltage leads to terminal strip locations on CH530 also provides a Front Panel Ice Termination
1U4. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped with the Setpoint, settable through TechView, and adjustable from
unit. 20 to 31F (-6.7 to -0.5C) in at least 1F (1C) increments.
Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended. These Note: When in the Ice Building mode, and the evaporator
customer-furnished contacts must be compatible with 24 entering water temperature drops below the ice
VDC, 12 mA resistive load. termination setpoint, the chiller terminates the Ice
Building mode and changes to the Ice Building
External Auto/Stop Complete Mode.
If the unit requires the external Auto/Stop function, the
NOTICE:
installer must provide leads from the remote contacts
5K15 to the proper terminals of the LLID 1U4 on the control Equipment Damage!
panel. Failure to use adequate freeze inhibitor for the leaving
The chiller will run normally when the contacts are closed. water temperature will result in damage to system
When either contact opens, the compressor(s), if components.
operating, will go to the RUN:UNLOAD operating mode
and cycle off. Unit operation will be inhibited. Closure of Techview must also be used to enable or disable Ice
the contacts will permit the unit to return to normal Machine Control. This setting does not prevent the Tracer
operation. from commanding Ice Building mode.
Field-supplied contacts for all low voltage connections Upon contact closure, the CH530 will initiate an ice
must be compatible with dry circuit 24 VDC for a 12 mA building mode, in which the unit runs fully loaded at all
resistive load. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped times. Ice building shall be terminated either by opening
with the unit. the contact or based on the entering evaporator water
temperature. CH530 will not permit the ice building mode
External Circuit Lockout Circuit #1 and #2 to be reentered until the unit has been switched out of ice
building mode (open 5K18 contacts) and then switched
CH530 provides auxiliary control of a customer specified
back into ice building mode (close 5K18 contacts.)
or installed contact closure, for individual operation of
either Circuit #1 or #2. If the contact is closed, the In ice building, all limits (freeze avoidance, evaporator,
refrigerant circuit will not operate 5K16 and 5K17. condenser, current) will be ignored. All safeties will be
enforced.
Upon contact opening, the refrigerant circuit will run
normally. This feature is used to restrict total chiller If, while in ice building mode, the unit gets down to the
operation, e.g. during emergency generator operations. freeze stat setting (water or refrigerant), the unit will shut
down on a manually resettable diagnostic, just as in
Connections to 1U5 are shown in the field diagrams that
normal operation.
are shipped with the unit.
Connect leads from 5K18 to the proper terminals of 1U7.
These customer-supplied contact closures must be
Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit.
compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load. Silver or
gold plated contacts are recommended. Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended. These
customer furnished contacts must be compatible with 24
Ice Building Option VDC, 12 mA resistive load.
CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/ External Chilled Water Setpoint
installed contact closure for ice building if so configured
(ECWS) Option
and enabled. This output is known as the Ice Building
Status Relay. The normally open contact will be closed The CH530 provides inputs that accept either 4-20 mA or 2-
when ice building is in progress and open when ice 10 VDC signals to set the external chilled water setpoint
building has been normally terminated either through Ice (ECWS). This is not a reset function. The input defines the
Termination setpoint being reached or removal of the Ice set point. This input is primarily used with generic BAS
Building command. This output is for use with the ice (building automation systems). The chilled water setpoint
storage system equipment or controls (provided by set via the DynaView or through digital communication
others) to signal the system changes required as the chiller with Tracer (Comm3). The arbitration of the various chilled
mode changes from ice building to ice complete. water setpoint sources is described in the flow charts at the
When contact 5K18 is provided, the chiller will run end of the section.
normally when the contact is open. The chilled water setpoint may be changed from a remote
CH530 will accept either an isolated contact closure location by sending either a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA signal to
(External Ice Building command) or a Remote the 1U6, terminals 5 and 6 LLID. 2-10 VDC and 4-20 mA
Communicated input (Tracer) to initiate and command the each correspond to a 10 to 65F (-12 to 18C) external
Ice Building mode. chilled water setpoint.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 71
The following equations apply: by a setting change on the Custom Tab of the
Configuration View within TechView.
Voltage Signal Current Signal
As generated from VDC=0.1455*(ECWS)+ mA=0.2909(ECWS)+
Important: For proper unit operation, BOTH ECLS and
external source 0.5454 1.0909 ECWS settings MUST be the same (2-10
As processed by ECWS=6.875*(VDC)- ECWS=3.4375(mA)-
VDC or 4-20mA), even if only one input is to
CH530 3.75 3.75 be used.
If the ECWS input develops an open or short, the LLID will The J2-3 and J2-6 terminal is chassis grounded and
report either a very high or very low value back to the main terminal J2- 1 and J2-4 can be used to source 12 VDC. The
processor. This will generate an informational diagnostic ECLS uses terminals J2-2 and J2-3. ECWS uses terminals
and the unit will default to using the Front Panel J2-5 and J2-6. Both inputs are only compatible with
(DynaView) Chilled Water Setpoint. high-side current sources.
Figure 36. Wiring examples for ECLS and ECWS
TechView Service Tool is used to set the input signal type
from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA.
TechView is also used to install or remove the External
Chilled Water Setpoint option as well as a means to enable
and disable ECWS.
External Current Limit Setpoint

(ECLS) Option
Similar to the above, the CH530 also provides for an
optional External Current Limit Setpoint that will accept
either a 2-10 VDC (default) or a 4-20 mA signal. The Current
Limit Setting can also be set via the DynaView or through
digital communication with Tracer (Comm 3). The
arbitration of the various sources of current limit is
described in the flow charts at the end of this section. The
External Current Limit Setpoint may be changed from a
remote location by hooking up the analog input signal to
the 1 U6 LLID terminals 2 and 3. Refer to the following
paragraph on Analog Input Signal Wiring Details. The
Chilled Water Reset (CWR)
following equations apply for ECLS: CH530 resets chilled water temperature set point based on
Voltage Signal Current Signal either return water temperature, or outdoor air
As generated from
temperature. Return Reset and Outdoor Reset are
VDC+0.133*(%)-6.0 mA=0.266*(%)-12.0 standard. The following shall be selectable:
external source
As processed by One of three Reset Types: None, Return Water
%=7.5*(VDC)+45.0 %=3.75*(mA)+45.0
UCM
Temperature Reset, Outdoor Air Temperature Reset, or
Constant Return Water Temperature Reset.
If the ECLS input develops an open or short, the LLID will
report either a very high or very low value back to the man Reset Ratio Set Points.
processor. This will generate an informational diagnostic For outdoor air temperature reset there shall be both
and the unit will default to using the Front Panel positive and negative reset ratio's.
(DynaView) Current Limit Setpoint.
Start Reset Set Points.
The TechView Service Tool must be used to set the input
Maximum Reset Set Points.
signal type from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of
4-20 mA current. TechView must be also be used to install The equations for each type of reset are as follows:
or remove the External Current Limit Setpoint Option for Return
field installation, or can be used to enable or disable the
CWS' = CWS + RATIO (START RESET - (TWE - TWL))
feature (if installed).
and CWS' > or = CWS
ECLS and ECWS Analog Input Signal
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
Wiring Details:
Outdoor
Both the ECWS and ECLS can be connected and setup as
either a 2-10 VDC (factory default), 4-20 mA, or resistance CWS' = CWS + RATIO * (START RESET - TOD)
input (also a form of 4-2OmA) as indicated below. and CWS' > or = CWS
Depending on the type to be used, the TechView Service
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
Tool must be used to configure the LLID and the MP for the
proper input type that is being used. This is accomplished where
72 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
CWS' is the new chilled water set point or the reset CWS Communications Interface
CWS is the active chilled water set point before any reset
has occurred, e.g. normally Front Panel, Tracer, or ECWS Options
RESET RATIO is a user adjustable gain Tracer Communications Interface
START RESET is a user adjustable reference Option
TOD is the outdoor temperature This option allows the Tracer CH530 controller to exchange
TWE is entering evap. water temperature information (e.g. operating setpoints and Auto/Standby
TWL is leaving evap. water temperature commands) with a higher-level control device, such as a
Tracer Summit or a multiple-machine controller. A
MAXIMUM RESET is a user adjustable limit providing the shielded, twisted pair connection establishes the bi-
maximum amount of reset. For all types of reset, CWS' - directional communications link between the Tracer
CWS < or = Maximum Reset. CH530 and the building automation system.
Range Increment Important: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run
Reset Reset Start Max IP SI Factory low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with
Type Ratio Reset Reset Units Units Default conductors carrying more than 30 volts.
10 to Field wiring for the communication link must meet the
Return 4 to 30 F 0 to 20 F 1% 1% 50%
120%
following requirements:
(2.2 to (0.0 to
16.7 C) 11.1 C) All wiring must be in accordance with the NEC and
80 to - 50 to 130
local codes.
Outdoor 0 to 20 F 1% 1% 10%
80% F Communication link wiring must be shielded, twisted
(10 to (0.0 to pair wiring (Belden 8760 or equivalent). See the table
54.4 C) 11.1 C) below for wire size selection:
In addition to Return and Outdoor Reset, the MP provides Table 53. Wire size
a menu item for the operator to select a Constant Return Maximum Length of Communication
Reset. Constant Return Reset will reset the leaving water Wire Size Wire
temperature set point so as to provide a constant entering 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) 5,000 FT (1525 m)
water temperature. The Constant Return Reset equation is 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) 2,000 FT (610 m)
the same as the Return Reset equation except on selection 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) 1,000 FT (305 m)
of Constant Return Reset, the MP will automatically set
Ratio, Start Reset, and Maximum Reset to the following. The communication link cannot pass between
buildings.
RATIO = 100%
All units on the communication link can be connected
START RESET = Design Delta Temp.
in a daisy chain configuration.
MAXIMUM RESET = Design Delta Temp.
The equation for Constant Return is then as follows:
LonTalk Interface (LCI-C)
CWS' = CWS + 100% (Design Delta Temp. - (TWE - TWL)) CH530 provides an optional LonTalk Communication
and CWS' > or = CWS Interface (LCI-C) between the chiller and a Building
Automation System (BAS). An LCI-C LLID shall be used to
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset provide gateway. functionality between a LonTalk
When any type of CWR is enabled, the MP will step the compatible device and the Chiller. The inputs/outputs
Active CWS toward the desired CWS' (based on the above include both mandatory and optional network variables as
equations and setup parameters) at a rate of 1 degree F established by the LONMARK Functional Chiller Profile
every 5 minutes until the Active CWS equals the desired 8040.
CWS'. This applies when the chiller is running. Note: For more information, see ACC-SVN25*-EN.
When the chiller is not running, CWS is reset immediately
(within one minute) for Return Reset and at a rate of 1 BACnet Interface (BCI-C)
degree F every 5 minutes for Outdoor Reset. The chiller Optional BACnet Communication Interface for Chillers
will start at the Differential to Start value above a fully reset (BCI-C) is comprised of a Tracer UC400 controller with
CWS or CWS' for both Return and Outdoor Reset. interface software. It is a non-programmable
communications module that allows units to
communicate on a BACnet communications network.
Note: For more information, see BAS-SVP05*-EN.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 73
Operating Principles
This section contains an overview of the operation and refrigerants must be certified. The Federal Clean Air Act
maintenance of RTAC units equipped with CH530 control (Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling,
systems. It describes the overall operating principles of the reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain
RTAC design. refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these
service procedures. In addition, some states or
Refrigeration Cycle municipalities may have additional requirements that
must also be adhered to for responsible management of
The refrigeration cycle of the RTAC chiller is similar to that refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them.
of the RTAA air cooled water chiller. The exception is that R-134a is a medium pressure refrigerant. It may not be
the evaporating and condensing temperatures have been used in any condition that would cause the chiller to
increased to allow for optimization of the chiller and operate in a vacuum without a purge system. RTAC is not
reduced foot print. The refrigeration cycle is represented equipped with a purge system. Therefore, the RTAC chiller
in the pressure enthalpy diagram in Figure 37. Key state may not be operated in a condition that would result in a
points are indicated on the figure. The cycle for the full saturated condition in the chiller of 15F (-26C) or lower.
load AHRI design point is represented in the plot.
R-134a requires the use of specific POE oils as designated
Figure 37. Pressure enthalpy (P-h) diagram - RTAC on the unit nameplate.
R-134a Important: Use only R-134a and Trane Oil 00048 in
600
RTAC chillers.
500
2
Compressor
3 137F (58C)
2b
200 3b
126F (52C)
The compressor is a semi-hermetic, direct-drive rotary
P (psia)
type compressor. Each compressor has only four moving

106F (41C)
parts: two rotors that provide compression and male and
female load-control valves. The male rotor is attached to
100
the motor and the female rotor is driven by the male rotor.
The rotors and motor are supported by bearings.
4 1
50 4b
39F (4C) 1b The helical rotary compressor is a positive displacement
device. Refrigerant vapor from evaporator is drawn into
30 the suction opening of the compressor (state 1b), through
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 a suction strainer screen across the motor (which provides
h (btu/lb) motor cooling) and into the intake of the compressor
rotors. The gas is then compressed and discharged
The RTAC chiller uses a shell and tube evaporator design through a check valve and into the discharge line (state 2).
with refrigerant evaporating on the shell side and water There is no physical contact between the rotors and the
flowing inside tubes having enhanced surfaces (states 4 to compressor housing. The rotors contact each other at the
1). The suction lines and bolt pads are designed to point where the driving action between the male and
minimize pressure drop.(states 1 to 1b). The compressor is female rotors occurs. Oil is injected into the rotors of the
a twin-rotor helical rotary compressor designed similarly compressor, coating the rotors and the compressor
to the compressors offered in other Trane Screw housing interior. Although this oil does provide rotor
Compressor Based Chillers (states 1b to 2). The discharge lubrication, its primary purpose is to seal the clearance
lines include a highly efficient oil separation system that spaces between the rotors and compressor housing. A
virtually removes all oil from the refrigerant stream going positive seal between these internal parts enhances
to the heat exchangers (states 2 to 2b). De-superheating, compressor efficiency by limiting leakage between the
condensing and sub-cooling is accomplished in a fin and high pressure and low pressure cavities.
tube air cooled heat exchanger where refrigerant is
condensed in the tube (states 2b to 3b). Refrigerant flow Capacity control is accomplished by means of a female
through the system is balanced by an electronic expansion step load-control valve and a male control valve. The
valve (states 3b to 4). female step valve is the first stage of loading after the
compressor starts and the last stage of unloading before
the compressor shuts down. The male control valve is
Refrigerant R-134a positioned by a piston cylinder along the length of the
The RTAC chiller uses environmentally friendly R134a. male rotor. Compressor capacity is dictated by the
Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are position of the loading valve relative to the rotors. When
important to the environment, our customers, and the air the valve slides toward the discharge end of the rotors
conditioning industry. All technicians who handle compressor capacity is reduced.
74 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Operating Principles
Condenser and Subcooler over the length of the evaporator tubes by the two-phase
distribution system. A portion of the liquid boils as it falls
Condenser and subcooler are similar to the condenser by gravity from tube to tube, wetting all the tubes of the
used in RTAA chillers. The heat exchanger consists of 3/8 evaporator. To ensure that the tubes at the bottom of the
tubes that contain refrigerant, large fins that are in the air evaporator do not experience dry out, a liquid pool is
flow and fans that draw air through fins. Heat is transferred maintained in the bottom few inches of the bundle. Tubes
from the refrigerant through the tubes and fins to the air. located in the bottom of the evaporator will evaporate the
liquid refrigerant by boiling (pool boiling).
High pressure gas from the compressor enters the tubes of
the condenser through a distribution header (state 2b). As Heat is transferred from the water or glycol inside the
refrigerant flows through the tubes, the heat of tubes to the liquid refrigerant as the film of refrigerant
compression and cooling load are rejected to the air. In evaporates on the surface of the tube. Thin film heat
this process the refrigerant is de-superheated, condensed transfer requires a smaller temperature difference for a
(states 2b to 3) and finally subcooled (states 3 to 3b) to a given amount of heat transfer than nucleate boiling, which
temperature slightly above the ambient air temperature. is the heat transfer process used in flooded evaporators.
The subcooled liquid refrigerant is collected in the leaving Hence, efficiency is enhanced by the use of falling film
header where it is transferred to the liquid line (state 3b). evaporation. Additionally, the evaporator requires less
refrigerant than a comparable flooded evaporator and the
Controls algorithm always runs as many fans as possible
evaporator boils the entire refrigerant supply at constant
without reducing differential pressure (discharge minus
pressure. Refrigerant vapor exits the evaporator through
suction) below setpoint, 60 psid (4.2 bar). If a warm enough
the suction line (state 1).
ambient is sensed, all fans will run. If ambient is cooler,
some fans are shut off to maintain pressure differential.
Fan staging depends on chiller load, evaporator pressure, Oil System
condenser effectiveness, ambient temperature, and
Screw compressors require large quantities of oil for
numbers and sizes of fans installed on circuit.
lubricating and sealing the rotors and lubricating the
Algorithm pre-starts fans (based on ambient and water bearings. This oil is mixed with refrigerant at the discharge
temperatures) when a circuit starts the compressor. (For of the compressor. To enhance the performance of the
rare conditions such as during some pull-downs, a steady heat exchanger surfaces an oil separation system is placed
fan state would either violate the 60 psid (4.2 bar) setpoint into the discharge line. The oil separator is located
or cause a high pressure cut-out; in those conditions a fan between the compressor and the condenser. It separates
will cycle on and off.) oil using highly efficient centrifugal force. Approximately
For up to two minutes after chiller start-up, the setpoint is 99.5% of the oil is removed from the refrigerant in the
35 psi (2.45 bar) difference, and then before the controls separator.
adjust gradually over half a minute up to 60 psi (4.2 bar). Oil that is removed from the refrigerant falls by gravity into
the oil sump. This oil is directed back to the compressor
Expansion Valve through the oil lines. Internal to the compressor is a high
efficiency filter to clean the oil before it is delivered to the
Pressure drop occurs in an electronic expansion valve. The rotors and bearings. Once oil is injected into the
unit controller (CH530) uses the valve to regulate the flow compressor rotors it mixes with the refrigerant again and
through the liquid line to match the flow produced by the is delivered back to the discharge line.
compressor. The valve has a variable orifice that is
Oil that gets past the oil separators flows through the
modulated by a stepper motor.
condenser, subcooler and expansion valve into the
High pressure, subcooled liquid refrigerant enters the evaporator. This oil is collected in the pool of refrigerant
expansion valve from the liquid line. As refrigerant passes that is maintained in the bottom of the evaporator. A small
through the valve the pressure is dropped substantially, amount of oil and refrigerant from this pool (state 4b) is
which results in vaporization of some of the refrigerant. returned through a line that is connected to the
The heat of vaporization is supplied by the two phase compressor down stream of the motor. This oil and
mixture resulting in low temperature low pressure refrigerant mixes with the refrigerant vapor that was
refrigerant which is supplied to the evaporator (state 4) to drawn out of the evaporator, prior to injection into the
provide cooling. compressor rotors.
Evaporator
The evaporator is composed of a liquid-vapor distributor
and falling film evaporator.
A liquid-vapor refrigerant mixture enters the distributor
(state 4). The mixture is distributed over the length of the
evaporator tubes (state 4b). Liquid is evenly distributed
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 75
Controls Interface
Overview multiple languages as factory-ordered or can be easily
downloaded from www.trane.com.
RTAC units utilize the Tracer CH530 chiller control system TechView can be connected to either the DynaView
which consists of several elements: module and provides further data, adjustment
The main processor collects data, status, and capabilities, diagnostics information using downloadable
diagnostic information and communicates commands software.
to the starter module and the LLID (for Low Level
Intelligent Device) bus. The main processor has an DynaView Display
integral display (DynaView).
The DynaView uses a 1/4 VGA display with a resistive
Higher level modules (e.g. starter) exist only as
touch screen and an LED backlight. The display area is
necessary to support system level control and
approximately 4 inches wide by 3 inches high (102mm x
communications. The starter module provides control
60mm).
of the starter when starting, running, and stopping the
chiller motor. It also processes its own diagnostics and
provides motor and compressor protection. Figure 1. DynaView
Low level intelligent device (LLID) bus. The main
processor communicates to each input and output
device (e.g. temperature and pressure sensors, low
voltage binary inputs, analog input/output) all
connected to a four-wire bus, rather than the
conventional control architecture of signal wires for
each device.
The communication interface to a building automation
system (BAS).
A service tool to provide all service/maintenance
capabilities.
Main processor and service tool () software is
downloadable from www.Trane.com. The process is
discussed in section TechView, p. 84.
DynaView provides bus management. It has the task of Key Functions
restarting the link, or filling in for what it sees as missing
devices when normal communications has been In this touch screen application, key functions are
degraded. Use of TechView may be required. determined completely by software and change
depending upon the subject matter currently being
The CH530 uses the IPC3 protocol based on RS485 signal
displayed. The basic touch screen functions are outlined
technology and communicating at 19.2 Kbaud to allow 3
below.
rounds of data per second on a 64-device network. A
typical four-compressor RTAC will have around 50 devices. Radio Buttons
Most diagnostics are handled by the DynaView. If a Radio buttons show one menu choice among two or more
temperature or pressure is reported out of range by a LLID, alternatives, all visible. (It is the AUTO button in Figure 1.)
the DynaView processes this information and calls out The radio button model mimics the buttons used on old-
the diagnostic. The individual LLIDs are not responsible fashioned radios to select stations. When one is pressed,
for any diagnostic functions. The only exception to this is the one that was previously pressed pops out and the
the Starter module. new station is selected. In the DynaView model the
Note: It is imperative that the CH530 Service Tool possible selections are each associated with a button. The
(TechView) be used to facilitate the replacement selected button is darkened, presented in reverse video to
of any LLID or reconfigure any chiller component. indicate it is the selected choice. The full range of possible
TechView is discussed later in this section. choices as well as the current choice is always in view.
Spin Value Buttons

Controls Interface
Spin values are used to allow a variable setpoint to be
Each chiller is equipped with a DynaView interface. The changed, such as leaving water setpoint. The value
DynaView has the capability to display information to increases or decreases by touching the increment (+) or
the operator including the ability to adjust settings. decrement (-) arrows.
Multiple screens are available and text is presented in
76 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Action Buttons occur. At the end of the page, the appropriate scroll bar will
disappear.
Action buttons appear temporarily and provide the user
with a choice such as Enter or Cancel. A double arrow pointing to the right indicates more
information is available about the specific item on that
Hot Links same line. Pressing it will bring you to a subscreen that will
Hot links are used to navigate from one view to another present the information or allow changes to settings.
view. The bottom of the screen (Fixed Display) is present in all
screens and contains the following functions. The left
File Folder Tabs circular area is used to reduce the contrast/viewing angle
File folder tabs are used to select a screen of data. Just like of the display. The right circular area is used to increase
tabs in a file folder, these serve to title the folder/screen the contrast/viewing angle of the display. The contrast
selected, as well as provide navigation to other screens. In may require re-adjustment at ambient temperatures
DynaView, the tabs are in one row across the top of the significantly different from those present at last
display. The folder tabs are separated from the rest of the adjustment.
display by a horizontal line. Vertical lines separate the tabs The other functions are critical to machine operation. The
from each other. The folder that is selected has no AUTO and STOP keys are used to enable or disable the
horizontal line under its tab, thereby making it look like a chiller. The key selected is in black (reverse video). The
part of the current folder (as would an open folder in a file chiller will stop when the STOP key is touched and after
cabinet). The user selects a screen of information by completing the Run Unload mode.
touching the appropriate tab.
Touching the AUTO key will enable the chiller for active
Display Screens cooling if no diagnostic is present. (A separate action must
be taken to clear active diagnostics.)
Note: Screens shown in this chapter are representative
samples only, and may not exactly match the The AUTO and STOP keys, take precedence over the Enter
values, selections found on your particular unit. and Cancel keys. (While a setting is being changed, AUTO
and STOP keys are recognized even if Enter or Cancel has
Basic Screen Format not been pressed.)
The basic screen format appears as The ALARMS button appears only when an alarm is
present, and blinks (by alternating between normal and
reverse video) to draw attention to a diagnostic condition.
Pressing the ALARMS button takes you to the
corresponding tab for additional information.
Tab navigator
Front Panel Lockout Feature
File folder Page scroll
Tabs Page scroll
(up) Display and Touch Screen are Locked
(down)
Line scroll Enter Password to Unlock
(up/down)
Radio buttons
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
Contrast control (lighter) Contrast control (darker)
Enter 0 Cancel
:
The file folder tabs across the top of the screen are used to
select the various display screens.
Note: The DynaView display and Touch Screen Lock
Scroll arrows are added if more file tabs (choices) are screen is shown below. This screen is used if the
available. When the tabs are at the left most position, the Display and touch screen and lock feature is
left navigator will not show and only navigation to the right enabled. Thirty minutes after the last keystroke,
will be possible. Likewise when the right most screen is this screen is displayed and the Display and Touch
selected, only left navigation will be possible. Screen is locked out until the sequence 159
The main body of the screen is used for description text, <ENTER> is pressed.
data, setpoints, or keys (touch sensitive areas). The Chiller Until the proper password is entered, there will be no
Mode is displayed here. access to the DynaView screens including all reports,
The double up arrows cause a page-by-page scroll either setpoints, and Auto/Stop/Alarms/Interlocks.
up or down. The single arrow causes a line by line scroll to The password 159 is not programmable from either
DynaView or TechView.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 77
Controls Interface
Front Panel Display During Cold Ambients Note: All screens shown in this section are typical. Some
screens show all display options available, only
If the Display and Touch Screen Lock feature is disabled,
one of which may appear on a line.
the following screen is automatically displayed if the
DynaView Temperature is below freezing and has been 30 Modes Screen
minutes after the last keystroke.
The Mode Screen is only found on software revisions 18
Display and Touch Screen are Locked and later. This screen provides a display for the top level
Enter 159 to Unlock operating mode for each of the components and sub-
components of the chiller (i.e. Chiller, Circuits, and
1 2 3 Compressors) that exist on the Chiller as it is configured.
The modes are displayed as text only without the hex
4 5 6 codes.
7 8 9 In software revisions 17.0 and earlier, the top level mode
and the sub mode for each component was displayed on
Enter 0 Cancel the respective component tab on the first two lines. The
mode display of the first three lines of the Compressor and
Chiller Screen tabs is eliminated with the addition of the
Mode Screen
Note: This feature is provided to avoid unintended

actuations of the keypad, which can occur due to Modes Chiller Compressor
ice build-up on the DynaViews exterior surfaces.
Chiller Mode: Running
Also be aware that at extremes of temperatures,
Circuit 1 Mode: Running - Limit
the LCD display screen will change its contrast from Cprsr 1A Mode: Running
the optimal adjustment made at more normal Cprsr 1B Mode: Running
temperatures. It can appear washed out or blacked Circuit 2 Mode: Run Inhibit
out. Simply pressing the lower right contrast Cprsr 2A Mode: Stopped
control on the screen will return the display to Cprsr 2B Mode: Stopped
readable condition.
Auto Stop
Table 1. Chiller modes
Chiller Modes Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
The chiller is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further information is
Stopped
provided by the sub-mode:
Local Stop Chiller is stopped by DynaView Stop button command- cannot be remotely overridden.
Chiller is stopped by the DynaView Panic Stop (by pressing Stop button twice in succession)
Panic Stop - previous shutdown was manually commanded to shutdown immediately without a run-
unload or pumpdown cycle - cannot be remotely overridden.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset The chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that requires manual intervention to reset.
Other sub-modes are possible in conjunction with at least one of the above modes - See items below for their descriptions:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset
Start Inhibited by Low Cond Temp
Start Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp
Start Inhibited by External Source
Start Inhibited by BAS
Waiting for BAS Communications
Ice Building to Normal Transition
Ice Building is Complete
The chiller is currently being inhibited from starting (and running), but may be allowed to
Run Inhibit start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further information is provided by
the sub-mode:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset The entire chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that may automatically clear.
The chiller is inhibited from starting by Low Condenser Temperature- Inhibit is active below
Start Inhibited by Low Cond Temp either 25F (can be disabled with proper freeze protection) or 0F (limit set by design, cannot
be disabled). As an exception, this will not stop a chiller already running.
78 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Table 1. Chiller modes (continued)
Chiller Modes Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by an outdoor air ambient temperature
Start Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp
lower than a specified temperature - per user adjustable settings and can be disabled.
Start Inhibited by External Source The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by the "external stop" hardwired input.
The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by command from a Building Automation
System via the digital communication link (com 3 or com 5).
This is a transient mode - 15-min. max, and is only possible if the chiller is in the Auto -
Remote command mode. After a power up reset, it is necessary to wait for valid
communication from a Building Automation System (Tracer) to know whether to run or stay
Waiting for BAS Communications
inhibited. Either valid communication will be received from the Building Automation System
(e.g. Tracer), or a communication diagnostic ultimately will result. In the latter case the
chiller will revert to Local control.
The chiller is inhibited from running for a brief period of time if it is commanded from active
ice building mode into normal cooling mode via the ice building hardwired input or Tracer.
This allows time for the external system load to "switchover" from an ice bank to the chilled
Ice Building to Normal Transition
water loop, and provides for a controlled pull down of the loop's warmer temperature. This
mode is not seen if the ice making is automatically terminated on return brine temperature
per the mode below.
The chiller is inhibited from running as the Ice Building process has been normally
Ice Building is Complete terminated on the return brine temperature. The chiller will not start unless the ice building
command (hardwired input or Building Automation System command) is removed or cycled.
The chiller is not currently running but can be expected to start at any moment given that
Auto the proper conditions and interlocks are satisfied. Further information is provided by the
sub-mode:
The chiller will wait up to 4 minutes in this mode for evaporator water flow to be established
Waiting For Evap Water Flow
per the flow switch hardwired input.
The chiller will wait indefinitely in this mode, for an evaporator leaving water temperature
Waiting for Need to Cool
higher than the Chilled Water Setpoint plus the Differential to Start.
The chiller is going through the necessary steps to allow the lead circuit and lead compressor
Starting
to start.
No Sub Modes
At least one circuit and one compressor on the chiller are currently running. Further
Running
information is provided by the sub-mode:
The chiller is running in the Ice Building Mode, and either at or moving towards full capacity
Unit is Building Ice available. Ice mode is terminated either with the removal of the ice mode command or with
the return brine temperature falling below the Ice Termination Setpoint.
At least one circuit and one compressor on the chiller are currently running, but the operation
Running - Limited
of the chiller as a whole is being actively limited by the controls.
This mode will occur if both the OA temperature is above 40F and the Evap Leaving Water
Temperature is above 75F as is often the case in a high temperature pull-down. While in
Capacity Limited by this mode, no compressors will be allowed to load past their minimum load capacity step,
High Evap Water Temp but it will not inhibit compressor staging. This mode is necessary to prevent nuisance trips
due to Compressor Overcurrent or High Pressure Cutout. Reasonable pull-down rates can
still be expected despite this limit.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 79
Controls Interface
Table 2. Circuit modes

Circuit Modes Description
Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
The given circuit is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further
Stopped
The circuit is manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting - the nonvolatile
Front Panel Lockout
lockout setting is accessible through either the DynaView or TechView.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset The circuit has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic.
The given circuit is currently being inhibited from starting (and running), but may
Run Inhibit be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset The circuit has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear automatically.
The circuit is inhibited from starting (and running) by its "external circuit lockout"
hardwired input.
The circuit is inhibited from starting (and running) by command from a Building
Automation System via the digital communication link (com 3 or com 5).
The given circuit is not currently running but can be expected to start at any
Auto
moment given that the proper conditions and interlocks are satisfied.
No Sub Modes
The given circuit is going through the necessary steps to allow the lead
Starting
compressor on that circuit to start.
No Sub Modes
At least one compressor on the given circuit is currently running. Further
Running
Circuit is experiencing low system differential pressure and is being force loaded,
Establishing Min. Cap - Low Diff pressure
regardless of Chilled Water Temperature Control, to develop pressure sooner.
At least one compressor on the given circuit is currently running, but the capacity
Running - Limited of the circuit is being actively limited by the controls. Further information is
provided by the sub-mode:
Circuit is experiencing condenser pressures at or near the condenser limit
Capacity Limited by High Cond Press
setting. Compressors on circuit will be unloaded to prevent exceeding limits.
The circuit is experiencing saturated evaporator temperatures at or near the Low
Capacity Limited by Low Evap Rfgt Temp Refrigerant Temperature Cutout setting. Compressors on the circuit will be
unloaded to prevent tripping.
The circuit is experiencing low refrigerant liquid levels and the EXV is at or near
Capacity Limited by Low Liquid Level
full open. The compressors on the circuit will be unloaded to prevent tripping.
The given circuit is still running but shutdown is imminent. The circuit is going
through either a compressor run-unload mode or a circuit operational pumpdown
Shutting Down
to dry out the evaporator (cold OA ambient only). Shutdown is necessary due
to one (or more) of the following sub-modes:
The circuit is in the process shutting down by performing an operational
pumpdown just prior to stopping the last running compressor. The EXV is
Operational Pumpdown
commanded closed. Pumpdown will terminate when both the liquid level and the
evap pressure
The circuit has been manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting and is in
Front Panel Lockout the process of shutting down - the nonvolatile lockout setting is accessible
through either the DynaView or TechView.
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a latching diagnostic.
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a diagnostic that may
automatically clear.
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a command from the external
circuit lockout hardwired input.
The circuit is in the process of shutdown due to a command from the Building
Automation System (e.g. Tracer)
80 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Table 2. Circuit modes (continued)
Circuit Modes Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
Service Override The given circuit is in a Service Override mode
The circuit is running with fan control, via a manual command to perform a
Service Pumpdown Service Pumpdown. Its respective EXV is being held wide open, but the manual
liquid line service valve should be closed.
Table 3. Compressor modes
Compressor Modes Description

Top Level Mode
Sub-modes
The given compressor is not running and cannot run without intervention. Further
Stopped
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset The compressor has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic.
The compressor has been shutdown due to a command from the TechView Service Tool
Service Tool Lockout to be "locked out" and inoperative. This setting is nonvolatile and operation can only be
restored by using TechView to "unlock" it.
Restart Inhibit
The given compressor is currently being inhibited from starting (and running*), but may
Run Inhibit be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Further information
is provided by the sub-mode:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset The compressor has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear automatically.
The compressor is currently unable to start due to its restart inhibit timer. A given
Restart Inhibit
compressor is not allowed to start until 5 minutes has expired since its last start.
The given compressor is not currently running but can be expected to start at any moment
Auto
given that the proper conditions occur.
No Sub Modes
The given compressor is going through the necessary steps to allow it to start. (This mode
Starting
is short and transitory)
No Sub Modes
The given compressor is currently running. Further information is provided by the sub-
Running
mode:
The compressor is running and is being forced loaded to its step load point, without regard
Establishing Min. Capacity - High Oil Temp
to the leaving water temperature control, to prevent tripping on high oil temperature.
The given compressor is currently running, but its capacity is being actively limited by the
Running - Limited
controls. Further information is provided by the sub-mode:
The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by high currents. The current
Capacity Limited by High Current limit setting is 120% RLA (to avoid overcurrent trips) or lower as set by the compressor's
"share" of the active current limit (demand limit) setting for the entire chiller.
The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by excessive phase current
Capacity Limited by Phase Unbalance
unbalance.
The given compressor is still running but shutdown is imminent. The compressor is going
through either a run-unload mode or is the active compressor in the operational
Shutting Down
pumpdown cycle for its circuit. Shutdown is either normal (no sub-mode displayed) or due
the following sub-modes:
Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a latching diagnostic.
The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a diagnostic that may clear
automatically.
The compressor is in the process of shutdown due to a command from the TechView
Service Tool Lockout Service Tool to be "locked out" and inoperative. This setting is nonvolatile and operation
can only be restored by using TechView to "unlock" it.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 81
Controls Interface
Chiller Screen .
The chiller screen is a summary of the chiller activity. Modes Compressor

Chiller
Modes Chiller Compressor 1A 1B 2A 2B
Evap Leaving Water Temperature: 44.0 F Amps L1 L2 L3: 55.0 56.2 54.3
Evap Entering Water Temperature: 54.0 F % RLA: 86.0 88.4 84.3

Unit Volts: 460
Active Chilled Water Setpoint: 44.0 F
Active Current Limit Setpoint: 100 % Oil Temperature: 95.0 F

Intermediate Oil Pressure: 102.9 psig
Outdoor Air Temperature: 72.0 F
Software Version: 18.0 Suction Pressure: 32.6 psig
Auto Stop
Auto Stop
Table 5. Compressor screen

Table 4. Chiller screen Description Resolution Units
Amps L1 L2 L3 XXX Amps
Description Resolution Units
% RLA L1 L2 L3 X.X % RLA
Evap Leaving Water Temperature X.X F/C
Unit Volts XXX Volts
Evap Entering Water Temperature X.X F/C
Oil Temperature X.X F/C
Active Chilled Water Setpoint X.X F/C
Intermediate Oil Pressure X.X Pressure
Active Current Limit Setpoint X % RLA
Suction Pressure X.X Pressure
Out Door Temperature X.X F/C
Starts/ Run Hours X, XX:XX hr:min
Software Type RTA Text
Software Version X.XX Text
Refrigerant Screen
Compressor Screen The refrigerant screen displays those aspects of the chiller
related to the refrigerant circuits.
The compressor screen displays information for the one,
two, three, or four compressors in the format shown. The
top line of radio buttons allows you to select the Chiller Compressor Rfgt.
compressor of interest. The next three lines show the Ckt 1 Ckt 2
compressor operating mode. The compressor radio Cond Rfgt Pressure: 185.0 185.0 psig
buttons and the compressor operating mode lines dont Sat Cond Rfgt Temp: 125.0 125.0 F
change as you scroll down in the menu.
Evap Rfgt Pressure: 30.0 30.0 psig
The top screen has no upward scroll keys. The single arrow
Sat Evap Rfgt Temp: 34.0 34.0 F
down scrolls the screen one line at a time. As soon as the
display is one line away from the top, the upward pointing Evap Approach Temp: 4.0 4.0 F
arrow appears. Rfgt Liquid Level: 0.1 -0.1 in
The last screen has a single arrow to scroll upward one line
Auto Stop
at a time. When in the last position, the single down arrow
disappears.
Each compressor has its own screen depending on which Table 6. Refrigerant screen
radio key is pressed. When toggling between compressor
screens, say to compare starts and run time, the same lines Description Resolution Units
can be seen without additional key strokes. For example, Cond Rfgt Pressure Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X Pressure
toggling from the bottom of the compressor 1A menu Sat Cond Rfgt Temp Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X F/C
accesses the top of the compressor 2A menu. Evap Rfgt Pressure Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X Pressure
Sat Evap Rfgt Temp Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X F/C
Evap Approach Temp Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X F/C
Rfgt Liquid Level Ckt1/Ckt2 X.X Height
82 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Setpoint Screen Table 7. Setpoint screen (continued)
The setpoint screen is a two-part screen. Screen 1 lists all Resolution or

setpoints available to change along with their current Description Text Units
value. The operator selects a setpoint to change by Front Panel Current Limit
XXX % RLA
touching either the verbal description or setpoint value. Setpoint
Doing this causes the screen to switch to Screen 2. Differential to Start X.X Temperature
In Screen 1 the language setpoint will always be the last Differential to Stop X.X Temperature
setpoint in the list. This will facilitate language changes by Condenser Limit Setpoint Enable/Disable Text
placing that control in a standard position across all Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint X.X Temperature
CH.530 product lines. Low Ambient Lockout Enable/Disable Text
Screen 2 displays the current value of the chosen setpoint Ice Build Enable/Disable Text
in the upper of the display. It is displayed in a changeable Front Panel Ice Termination
X.X Temperature
format consistent with its type. Binary setpoints are Setpoint
considered to be simple two state enumeration and will Comp 1A Pumpdown Pumpdown/Abort Text
use radio buttons. Analog setpoints are displayed as spin
Comp 1B Pumpdown Pumpdown/Abort Text
buttons. The lower half of the screen is reserved for help
Comp 2A Pumpdown Pumpdown/Abort Text
screens.
Comp 2B Pumpdown Pumpdown/Abort Text
Rfgt Setpoint Diagnostic EXV Ckt 1 Open Auto/Open Text
EXV Ckt 2 Open Auto/Open Text
Locked Out/Not
Auto Local or Remote: Local Front Panel Ckt 1 Lockout Text
Locked Out
Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint: 44.0 F
Locked Out/Not
Front Panel Ckt 2 Lockout Text
Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint: 100 % Locked Out
Condenser Limit Setpt: XXX % HPC Ext Chilled Water Setpoint X.X F/C
Low Ambient Lockout Setpt: 35.0 F Ext Current Limit Setpoint XXX % RLA
Low Ambient Lockout: Enable mmm dd yyyy, dd
Date Format Text
mm yyyy
Auto Stop
Date Text
Time Format 12 hr, 24 hr Text
Table 7. Setpoint screen Time of Day Text

Keypad/Display Lockout Enable/Disable Text
Resolution or
Description Text Units Display Units SI, English Text
Pressure Units Absolute, Gauge Text
Auto Local or Remote Remote/Local Text
Downloaded from
Front Panel Chilled Water Language Selection Text
X.X F/C TechView
Setpoint
Table 8 Setpoint options/conditions displayed
Option Condition(s) Explanation

Ice Building Enable/Disable If feature is installed, operation can be initiated or stopped
Cprsr Pumpdown1 Avail Pumpdown is allowed: only with unit in Stop or when circuit is locked out
Not Avail Pumpdown is not allowed because unit is operating or pumpdown has been completed
Pumpdown State is displayed while pumpdown is in progress
EXV Ckt Open Indicates EXV is closed but can be opened manually since unit is in Stop or circuit is
Avail
(For Authorized Service Use Only2) locked out
Not Avail EXV is closed but cannot be opened manually since unit is operating
State is displayed when EXV is open. Unit will not start with EXV manually set open,
Open
but will initiate valve closure first.
Ckt Lockout Locked Out Circuit is locked out at Front Panel; other circuit may be available to run
Not Locked Out Circuit is not locked out and is available to run
Notes:
1 Pumpdown procedure are discussed in Maintenance section 10.
2 Used for liquid level control or to recover from pumpdown
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 83
Controls Interface
Table 8 Setpoint options/conditions displayed (continued)
Option Condition(s) Explanation

Allows unit to control setpoint; otherwise another loop controller in line will control, as
Ext. Chilled Water Setpt Enable/Disable
optionally wired.
Allows unit to control setpoint; otherwise another loop controller in line will control, as
Ext. Current Limit Setpt Enable/Disable
optionally wired.
Notes:
1 Pumpdown procedure are discussed in Maintenance section 10.
2 Used for liquid level control or to recover from pumpdown
Diagnostic Screen Display Formats

The diagnostic screen (shown following) is accessible by
either pressing the blinking ALARMS key or by pressing Units
the Diagnostic tab on the screen tab selection. Temperature settings are in F or C, depending on Display
A hex code and a verbal description appears on the display Units settings. Settings can be entered in tenths or whole
as shown typically above. This is the last active diagnostic. degrees depending on a menu setting at the TechView.
Pressing the Reset All Active Diagnostics will reset all Dashes (-----) appearing in a temperature or pressure
active diagnostics regardless of type, machine or report, indicates that the value is invalid or not applicable.
refrigerant circuit. Compressor diagnostics, which hold off
only one compressor, are treated as circuit diagnostics, Languages
consistent with the circuit to which they belong. One
circuit not operating will not shut the chiller down. Viewing English plus two alternate languages may be installed
the Compressor screen will indicate whether a circuit is with DynaView and will reside in the main processor.
not operating and for what reason. English will always be available. Alternate languages must
be installed using TechView, Software Download View.
Rfgt Setpoint Diagnostic
Reset Diags TechView
[01] 10:59 AM Nov 26, 2001
Evaporator Water Flow Overdue
[02] 10:56 AM Nov 26, 2001
Low Chilled Water Temp: Unit Off
[03] 10:55 AM Nov 26, 2001
Low Evaorator Temp: Unit Off
Auto Stop Alarms
A complete listing of diagnostics and codes is included in

the Diagnostic Section.
Power-Up
On Power-Up, DynaView will cycle through three screens:
First Screen, Version # of the Boot, full version #
displayed.
This screen will display for 5 seconds before
moving to second screen. Contrast is adjustable
TechView is the PC (laptop) based tool used for servicing
from this screen.
Tracer CH530. Technicians that make any chiller control
Second Screen, Application or No Application. modification or service any diagnostic with Tracer CH530
This screen will display for 5 seconds A Valid must use a laptop running the software application
Application Is Present or A Valid Application Is TechView. TechView is a Trane application developed to
Not Present. minimize chiller downtime and aid the technicians
understanding of chiller operation and service
Third Screen, First screen of the Application, the Chiller
requirements.
Tab
Note: Important: Performing any Tracer CH530 service
functions should be done only by a properly
trained service technician. Please contact your
local Trane service agency for assistance with any
service requirements.
84 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
TechView software is available via Trane.com. the installation file in this location helps you remember
(http://www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/ where it is stored and makes it easier for technical
TechView.aspx?i=1435 support personnel to assist you.
This download site provides a user the TechView 2. Click the link for the latest version on the TechView
installation software and CH530 main processor software Software Download page. Enter your name, e-mail
that must be loaded onto your PC in order to service a address and other required information. Click Submit.
CH530 main processor. The TechView service tool is used 3. A download link will be sent to the e-mail address
to load software into the Tracer CH530 main processor provided. Before you click the link please note:
Minimum PC requirements to install and Sent link may only be used one time.
operate TechView Internet options must be set correctly to allow
download. To verify correct setting:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional, Windows
Open Internet Explorer Browser
Vista Business or Windows 7 Enterprise
Click Tools
Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher
Select Internet Options
USB 2.0 or higher Select Security tab
Pentium II, III or higher processor Click on Internet zone
128Mb RAM minimum for TechView, 1G Click Custom Level button
recommended for total Windows system Scroll to Downloads section
1024 x 768 resolution of display Verify/Enable Automatic prompting for file
downloads
CD-ROM (optional for copying TechView install to
CD) Click OK
Click YES on warning window
56K modem (optional for internet connection)
Click Apply, then OK
9-pin RS-232 serial connection (optional for
connection to DynaView) Note: If this setting is incorrect, you may or may
not receive an error message during
Note: TechView was designed for the preceding listed download attempt.
laptop configuration. Any variation will have
unknown results. Therefore, support for TechView 4. Click the download link in the e-mail message.
is limited to only those operating systems that If the download window does not open
meet the specific configuration listed here. Only immediately, please look for a yellow highlighted
computers with a Pentium II class processor or message bar/line near the top of your browser. It
better are supported; Intel Celeron, AMD, or Cyrix may contain a message such as To help protect
processors have not been tested. your security, Internet Explorer blocked this site
TechView is also used to perform any CH530 service or from downloading files to your computer. Click here
maintenance function. Servicing a CH530 main processor for options... Click on message line to see options.
includes: When dialog box appears, click Save and navigate
to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Click OK.
Updating main processor software
If you do not complete the download successfully,
Monitoring chiller operation
you will have to request another download link
Viewing and resetting chiller diagnostics (Step 2).
Low Level Intelligent Device (LLID) replacement and 5. Navigate to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Double-
binding click the installation (.exe) file. The License Agreement
Main processor replacement and configuration dialog box appears.
modifications 6. Click I Agree after reviewing License Agreement. The
Setpoint modifications Choose Components dialog box appears. All
components are selected by default. (These are the
Service overrides actual MP versions for all units.) Deselect any
TechView Software Download, Installation components you do not want.
This information can also be found at http:// Note: Deselecting components reduces the size of the
www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/ installed application.
TechView.aspx?i=1435. 7. Click Install. A progress meter dialog box appears. An
1. Create a folder called CH530 on your (C:\CH530) on information file appears when installation is complete.
your hard drive. This \CH530 folder is the standard
recommended location for the installation file. Storing
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 85
Controls Interface
Note: Techview requires a current version of JAVA. If chiller it is automatically updated in Status View. See
you do not have the current release, TechView Figure 4, p. 91.
installation will be interrupted, and you will be
provided with information for required JAVA Setpoint View
software download. Once you have completed Setpoint view displays the active setpoints and allows you
the JAVA installation, return to Step 5 to restart to make changes. See Figure 5, p. 91.
installation.
Setpoint List
Unit View
The center displays the scrollable list of setpoint panels.
Unit view is a summary for the system organized by chiller
subsystem. This provides an overall view of chiller Setpoint Enumeration Panel
operating parameters and gives you an at-a-glance A setpoint numeric panel contains a label with the setpoint
assessment of chiller operation. description and a pull-down list showing the active value
The Control Panel tab displays important operating and the other selections. The Default button returns the
information for the unit and allows you to change several setpoint to the product's factory setting. The text field is
key operating parameters. The panel is divided into four or updated when the change is complete.
more sub-panels (depending on the number of circuits in
Setpoint Numeric Panel
the unit).
A setpoint numeric panel contains a label with the setpoint
The Operating Mode tab displays the unit, circuit and
description, a Default button, a text field with a unit label,
compressor top level operating modes.
and a slider.
The Hours and Starts tab displays the number a hours
The Default button changes the setpoint to the product's
(total) a compressor has run and the number of times the
factory setting. The text field and slider are updated when
compressor has started. This window plays a key role in
the change is complete.
evaluating maintenance requirements.
You can change a setpoint with the text field or with the
Upon successful Local Connect Tech View will display
slider. When you click on the entry field, the change
UNIT VIEW, as shown in Figure 2, p. 90.
setpoint dialog displays to coordinate the setpoint change.
Compressor Service View You can change the display units for a setpoint by clicking
on the unit label next to the entry field.
Compressor View provides convenient access to service
functions for pumping down circuits and test starting Change Setpoint
compressors. Various operational lockouts allow
operation of rest of chiller while others are awaiting repair. The change setpoint window allows you to enter a new
See Figure 3, p. 91. value for the setpoint into a text field. If the entered value
is outside the given range, the background turns red.
Status View
Status View displays, in real time, all non-setpoint data
organized by subsystem tabs. As data changes on the
Table 9. Setpoints view items
Min
Tab Text Value Max Value Default Value Unit Type
Chiller Front Panel Display Units English, SI English Display Units
10 65 44
Chiller Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint Temp Deg F(C)
(-12.22) (18.33) (6.67)
Chiller Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint 60 120 120 Percent
0.5 2.5 2.0 Differential Temp
Chiller Differential to Stop
(0.2777) (1.388) (1.111) Deg F(C)
1.0 30 2 Differential Temp
Chiller Differential to Start
(0.555) (16.666) (1.111) Deg F(C)
0.0 36.0 36.0
Chiller Leaving Water Temp Cutout Temp Deg F(C)
(-17.78) (2.22) (2.22)
-5.0 36.0 28.0
Chiller Low Refrigerant Temp Cutout Temp Deg F(C)
(-20.56) (2.22) (-2.22)
Chiller Front Panel Condenser Limit Setpoint 80 120 90 Percent
-10 70 25
Chiller Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint Temp Deg F(C)
(-23.333) (21.111) (-3.89)
Chiller Low Ambient Lockout Enable, Disable Enable Enabled / Disabled
86 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Table 9. Setpoints view items (continued)

Min
Tab Text Value Max Value Default Value Unit Type
20 31 31
Chiller Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint Temp Deg F(C)
(-6.67) (-0.56) (-0.56)
Chiller External Ice Building Input Enable, Disable Disable Enabled / Disabled
Chiller Under/Over Voltage Protection Enable, Disable Disable Enabled / Disabled
9.93 16.0 14.7 Absolute Pressure
Chiller Local Atmospheric Pressure
(68.5) (110.3) (101.3) psia(Kpa)
4 30 10 Differential Temp
Chiller Design Delta Temperature
(2.22) (16.666) (5.6) Deg F(C)
None, Return, Outdoor,
Chiller Reset Type None RstTyp
Constant Return
Chiller Return Reset Ratio 10 120 50 Percent
Chiller Return Start Reset
(2.22) (16.666) (5.56) Deg F(C)
20 5.0 Differential Temp
Chiller Return Maximum Reset 0
(11.11) (2.78) Deg F(C)
Chiller Outdoor Reset Ratio -80 80 10 Percent
50 130 90
Chiller Outdoor Start Reset Temp Deg F(C)
(10) (54.44) (32.22)
20 5 Differential Temp
Chiller Outdoor Maximum Reset 0
(11.11) (2.78) Deg F(C)
Chiller External Chilled Water Setpoint Enable, Disable Disable Enabled / Disabled
Chiller External Current Limit Setpoint Enable, Disable Disable Enabled / Disabled
Chiller Evaporator Water Pump Off Delay 0 30 1 Minutes
Chiller Chilled Water Setpoint Filter Settling Time 30 1800 200 Seconds
Chiller Compressor Staging Deadband
(0.222) (2.222) (0.2778) Deg F(C)
Diagnostics View appropriate steps are taken to monitor required inputs and
control necessary outputs.
See Figure 6, p. 91. This window lists the active and
inactive (history) diagnostics. There can be up to 60 Any changes made in the Configuration View, on any of the
diagnostics, both active and historic. For example, if there tabs, will modify the chiller configuration when you click
were 5 active diagnostics, the possible number of historic on the Load Configuration button (located at the base of
diagnostics would be 55. You can also reset active the window). The Load Configuration button uploads the
diagnostics here, (i.e., transfer active diagnostics to new configuration settings into the main processor.
history and allow the chiller to regenerate any active Any changes made to the configuration will change the
diagnostics). unit model number and the confirmation code (CRC). If
Resetting the active diagnostics may cause the chiller to changes are made to the unit configuration the new model
resume operation. number and CRC should be recorded.
The Active and History diagnostics have separate tabs. A Selecting the Undo All button will undo any configuration
button to reset the active diagnostics displays when either setting changes made during the present TechView
tab is selected. connection and since the last time the Load Configuration
button was selected.
Configuration View
See Figure 7, p. 92. This view displays the active
configuration and allows you to make changes.
Configuration View allows you to define the chiller's
components, ratings, and configuration settings. These
are all values that determine the required installed
devices, and how the chiller application is run in the main
processor. For example, a user may set an option to be
installed with Configuration View, which will require
devices to be bound using Binding View. And when the
main processor runs the chiller application, the
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 87
Controls Interface
Table 10. Configuration view items

Tab Item Default Description
Feature Basic Product Line RTAC - Air Cooled Series R Chiller
120 Nominal Tons
130 Nominal Tons
140 Nominal Tons
155 Nominal Tons
170 Nominal Tons
185 Nominal Tons
200 Nominal Tons
Unit Nominal Capacity 225 Nominal Tons
250 Nominal Tons
275 Nominal Tons
300 Nominal Tons
350 Nominal Tons
375 Nominal Tons
400 Nominal Tons
450 Nominal Tons
500 Nominal Tons
A - 200V/60Hz/3Ph power
C - 230V/60Hz/3Ph power
J - 380V/60Hz/3Ph power
Unit Voltage
D - 400V/50Hz/3Ph power
4 - 460V/60Hz/3Ph power
5 - 575V/60Hz/3Ph power
U - Water Chiller Business Unit - Pueblo
Manufacturing Location
E - Epinal Business Unit -Charmes
Design Sequence XX - Factory/ABU Assigned
N - Standard Efficiency/Performance
Unit Type H - High Efficiency/Performance
A - Extra Efficiency/Performance
N - No agency listing
Agency Listing
U - C/UL listing
A - ASME pressure vessel code
C - Canadian code
D - Australian code
Pressure Vessel Code
L - Chinese code
R - Vietnamese code
S - Special
F - Standard Temperature with Freeze Protection
Evaporator Temperature Range & Application Type R - Rem Evap, Std Temp, No Freeze Protection
G - Low Temp, with Freeze Protection
N - Standard 2 pass arrangement, insulated
Evaporator Configuration
P -3 pass arrangement, insulated
N - Standard ambient 25-115F
H - High ambient 25-125F
Condenser Temperature Range
L - Low ambient 0-115F
W - Wide ambient 0-125F
1 - Standard aluminum slit fins
Condenser Fin Material 2 - Copper fins, non-slit fins
4 - Complete Coat aluminum fins
T - Standard fans, TEAO motors
Feature Condenser Fan/Motor Configuration
W - Low Noise fans
X - Across-the-line
Compressor Motor Starter Type
Y - Wye-delta closed transition
1 -Single point
Incoming Power Line Connection
2 -Dual point (1/ckt)
T - Terminals only
Power Line Connection Type D - Non-fused disconnect switch(es)
C - Circuit Breaker(s), HACR-rated
Unit Operator Interface D -Dyna-View
88 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Table 10. Configuration view items (continued)

Tab Item Default Description
N - No remote interface
C - Tracer Comm 3 interface
Remote Interface
B - BACnet communication interface
L -Lon Talk Communication interface (LCI)
N -No remote input
Control Input Accessories/Options R -Remote leaving water temp setpoint
C -Remote current limit setpoint
B -Remote leaving temp setpoint and remote current limit setpoint
N -No output options
A -Alarm relay
Control Output Accessories/Options
C -Icemaking
D -Icemaking and alarm relay
0 - No short circuit withstand rating
Short Circuit Rating 5 -Default short circuit rating
6 - High amp short circuit rating
N - No convenience outlet
Control Panel Accessories
A - 15A 115V convenience outlet (60HZ)
0 - No suction services valves
Refrigerant Service Valves
1 - Suction service valves
0 - No sound attenuator
Compressor Sound Attenuator Option
1 - Factory installed sound attenuator
N - No appearance options
A - Architectural louvered panels
C - Half Louvers
P - Painted unit
Appearance Options
L - Painted unit with full louvered panels
H - Painted unit with half louvered panels
K - Painted unit with access guards
W - Painted w/access guards and half louvers
N - No installation accessories
R - Neoprene Isolators
Features Installation Accessories
F - Flanged water connection kit
G - Neoprene isolators and flange wtr conn kit
Factory Test 0 - No factory run test
Control, Label, and Literature E - English
Language G - Chinese
X - Standard catalog configuration
Special Order
S - Unit has special order feature
Custom Comm 3 ICS address 55 1-64 REM = C
Status Relay #1 J2-10,11,12 Alarm - Latching None, Alarm - Latching (Active diagnostic persistence latching), Alarm - Auto reset
Status Relay #2 J2-7,8,9 Chiller Running (Active diagnostic persistence non-latching), Alarm (Active diagnostic persistence
latching or non-latching), Alarm Ckt1 (Active diagnostic persistence latching or non-
Status Relay #3 J2-4,5,6 Maximum Capacity
latching), Alarm Ckt2 (Active diagnostic persistence latching or non-latching),
Chiller Limit Mode (With 20 minute filter), Circuit 1 Running, Circuit 2 Running, Max
Status Relay #4 J2-1,2,3 Chiller Limit Mode Capacity
COOP = A, D or X
Phase Unbalance Trip 30 10-50%
Phase Unbalance Grace Period 90 30-255 Sec
Maximum Acceleration Time 3 1-255 Sec
Starter Feature All Enabled Contactor Integrity Test, Phase Reversal Detect, Phase Unbalance Detect
External Chilled Water Setpoint
2-10 VD 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA CIOP = C or B
Detection
External Current Limit Water
2-10 VDC 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA CIOP = C or B
Setpoint Detection
Custom Unit Voltage 400 380,400,415 VOLT = D
The Model Number field contains the model number stored in the DynaView.
The Confirm Code field contains the confirm code stored in the DynaView. The confirm code is a four-digit hex value that is a mathematical
Name- calculation of the model number. This number has one to one correlation to a specific model number and is used to verify that the model
plate number was entered properly.
The Serial Number field contains the serial number stored in the DynaView.
This model number and confirmation code must be know when the main processor requires replacement.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 89
Controls Interface
Software View Replacing or Adding Devices

See Figure 8, p. 92. Software view allows you to verify the If a device is communicating but incorrectly configured, it
version of chiller software currently running and might not be necessary to replace it. If the problem with
download a new version of chiller software to DynaView. the device is related to communication, attempt to rebind
You can also add up to two available languages to load into it, and if the device becomes correctly configured, it will
the DynaView. Loading an alternate language file allows then communicate properly.
the DynaView to display its text in the selected alternate If a device that needs to be replaced is still communicating,
language, English will always be available. it should be unbound. Otherwise, it will be necessary to
rebuild the CH530 network image for Binding View to
Binding View discover that it has been removed. An unbound device
See Figure 9, p. 92. Binding View allows you to assess the stops communicating and allows a new device to be
status of the network and all the devices connected as a bound in its place.
whole, or the status of individual devices by using status It is good practice to turn the power off while detaching
icons and function buttons. and attaching devices to the CH530 network. Be sure to
Binding View is essentially a table depicting what devices keep power on the service tool computer. After power is
and options are actually discovered on the network bus restored to the CH530 network, the reconnect function in
(and their communication status) versus what is required Binding View restores communication with the network. If
to support the configuration defined by the feature codes the service tool computer is turned off, you must restart
and categories. Binding View allows you to add, remove, TechView and Binding View.
modify, verify, and reassign devices and options in order If a device is not communicating, the binding function
to match the configuration requirements. displays a window to request manual selection of the
Whenever a device is installed, it must be correctly device to be bound. Previously-selected devices are
configured to communicate and function as intended. This deselected when the function starts. When manual
process is called binding. Some features of Binding View selection is confirmed, exactly one device must be
are intended to serve a second purpose; that is diagnosing selected; if it is the correct type, it is bound. If the desired
problems with communication among the devices. device cannot be selected or if multiple devices are
accidentally selected, you can close the manual selection
window by clicking on No and repeat the bind function.
Figure 2. Unit view
90 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Controls Interface
Figure 3. Compressor service view
Figure 4. Status view
Figure 5. Setpoint view(a)
(a) Screenshot is representation only. Values shown may not correspond to actual min/max levels in Table 9, p. 86.
Figure 6. Diagnostic view
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 91
Controls Interface
Figure 7. Configuration view
Figure 8. Software view
Figure 9. Binding view
92 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Pre-Start Checkout
Upon completion of installation, complete the RTAC Series
R Air-Cooled Chiller Installation Completion Check Sheet
and Request for Trane Service checklist in chapter Log
and Check Sheet, p. 126.
Important: Start-up must be performed by Trane or an
agent of Trane specifically authorized to
perform start-up and warranty of Trane
products. Contractor shall provide Trane (or
an agent of Trane specifically authorized to
perform start-up) with notice of the
scheduled start-up at least two weeks prior
to the scheduled start-up.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 93
Start-Up and Shutdown
Important: Initial unit commissioning start-up must be
performed by Trane or an agent of Trane
Unit Start-Up
specifically authorized to perform start-up If the pre-start checkout, has been completed, the unit is
and warranty of Trane products. Contractor ready to start.
shall provide Trane (or an agent of Trane
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530.
specifically authorized to perform start-up)
with notice of the scheduled start-up at least 2. As necessary, adjust the setpoint values in the CH530
two weeks prior to the scheduled start-up. menus using TechView.
The time line for sequence of operation is shown in 3. Close the fused-disconnect switch for the chilled water
Figure 47, p. 98 and Figure 48, p. 100 and depicts the pump. Energize the pump(s) to start water circulation.
nominal delays and sequences that a chiller would 4. Check the service valves on the discharge line, suction
experience during a typical operational cycle. The time line, oil line and liquid line for each circuit. These valves
line begins with a power up of the main power to the must be open (backseated) before starting the
chiller. The sequence assumes a 2 circuit, 2 compressor air- compressors.
cooled RTAC chiller with no diagnostics or malfunctioning
components. External events such as the operator placing
the chiller in Auto or Stop, chilled water flow through the NOTICE:
evaporator, and application of load to the chilled water
loop causing loop water temperature increases are
Compressor Damage!
depicted and the chillers responses to those events are Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if
shown, with appropriate delays noted. The effects of the oil line shut off valve or the isolation valves are left
closed on unit start-up
diagnostics, and other external interlocks other than
evaporator water flow proving, are not considered.
5. Press the AUTO key. If the chiller control calls for
Note: Unless the CH530 TechView and building cooling and all safety interlocks are closed, the unit will
automation system are controlling the chilled start. The compressor(s) will load and unload in
water pump, the manual unit start sequence is as response to the leaving chilled water temperature.
follows. Operator actions are noted.
6. Verify that the chilled water pump runs for at least one
minute after the chiller is commanded to stop (for
NOTICE: normal chilled water systems).
Compressor Damage! Once the system has been operating for approximately 30
minutes and has become stabilized, complete the
Failure to follow instructions could result in equipment remaining start-up procedures, as follows:
damage. Ensure that the compressor and oil separator
heaters have been operating for a minimum of 24 hours 1. Check the evaporator refrigerant pressure and the
before starting. condenser refrigerant pressure under Refrigerant
Report on the CH530 TechView. The pressures are
referenced to sea level (14.6960 psia).
2. Check the EXV sight glasses after sufficient time has
elapsed to stabilize the chiller. The refrigerant flow past
the sight glasses should be clear. Bubbles in the
refrigerant indicate either low refrigerant charge or
excessive pressure drop in the liquid line or a stuck
open expansion valve. A restriction in the line can
sometimes be identified by a noticeable temperature
differential between the two sides of the restriction.
Frost will often form on the line at this point. Proper
refrigerant charges are shown in the General
Information Section.
Important: A clear sight glass alone does not mean that
the system is properly charged. Also check
system subcooling, liquid level control and
unit operating pressures.
3. Measure the system subcooling.
4. A shortage of refrigerant is indicated if operating
pressures are low and subcooling is also low. If the
94 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
operating pressures, sight glass, superheat and

subcooling readings indicate a refrigerant shortage,
Temporary Shutdown and Restart
gas-charge refrigerant into each circuit, as required. To shut the unit down for a short time, use the following
With the unit running, add refrigerant vapor by procedure:
connecting the charging line to the suction service
1. Press the STOP key on the CH530. The compressors
valve and charging through the backseat port until
will continue to operate and, after an unloading period
operating conditions become normal.
(which may be followed by pumpdown cycle in
outdoor ambients below 50oF), will stop when the
NOTICE: compressor contactors de-energize.
Equipment Damage! 2. CH530 pump control will turn off the pump (after a
minimum 1 min. delay) when the STOP key is pressed
Failure to follow instructions could result in compressor
and automatically restart the pump when the unit
damage and improper unit operation.
If both suction and discharge pressures are low but sub- starts normally.
cooling is normal, a problem other than refrigerant 3. The unit will start normally, provided the following
shortage exists. Do not add refrigerant, as this could conditions exist:
result in overcharging the circuit.
Use only refrigerants specified on the unit nameplate a. The CH530 receives a call for cooling and the
(HFC 134a) and Trane OIL00048. differential-to-start is above the setpoint.
b. All system operating interlocks and safety circuits
are satisfied.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 95
Extended Shutdown Procedure

NOTICE:
The following procedure is to be followed if the system is
to be taken out of service for an extended period of time, Equipment Damage!
e.g. seasonal shutdown: Lock the disconnects in the OPEN position to
1. Test the unit for refrigerant leaks and repair as prevent accidental start-up and damage to the system
necessary. when it has been setup for extended shutdown.
2. Open the electrical disconnect switches for the chilled 6. At least every three months (quarterly), check the
water pump. Lock the switches in the OPEN position. refrigerant pressure in the unit to verify that the
refrigerant charge is intact.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
To prevent pump damage, lock the chilled water pump
disconnects open.
3. Close all chilled water supply valves. Drain the water

from the evaporator.
4. With the water drained from evaporator, the
customer provided power for the 120-volt
evaporator heaters (terminated at 1TB4...terminals 1 &
2) must be must disconnect.
These heaters consist of 1 well heater in each
evaporator end (or water box), and the heat tape, which
is wrapped around the bundle itself. They are
energized by a klixon temperature control mounted on
the side of the evaporator, which energizes at or below
37oF. outside air temp. If there is no liquid in the
evaporator and the temp drops below 37 degrees, both
of the well heaters will burn up because they have no
liquid to transfer their heat into.
5. Open the unit main electrical disconnect and unit-
mounted disconnect (if installed) and lock on the
OPEN position. If the optional control power
transformer is not installed, open and lock the 115V
disconnect.
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
If insufficient concentration or no glycol is used, the
evaporator water pumps must be controlled by the
CH530 to avoid severe damage to the evaporator due to
freezing. A power loss of 15 minutes during freezing
can damage the evaporator. It is the responsibility of
the installing contractor and/or the customer to ensure
that a pump will start when called upon by the chiller
controls.
Please consult Table 43, p. 56 for correct concentration
of glycol.
The warranty will be void, in case of freezing due to the
lack of use of either of these protections
96 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure System Restart After Extended

1. Close all valves and re-install the drain plugs in the Shutdown
evaporator.
Follow the procedures below to restart the unit after
2. Service the auxiliary equipment according to the start- extended shutdown:
up/maintenance instructions provided by the
respective equipment manufacturers. 1. Verify that the liquid line service valves, oil line,
compressor discharge service valves and suction
3. Close the vents in the evaporator chilled water circuits. service valves are open (backseated).
4. Open all the valves in the evaporator chilled water
circuits.
NOTICE:
5. Open all refrigerant valves to verify they are in the
open condition. Compressor Damage!
6. If the evaporator was previously drained, vent and fill Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if
the oil line shut off valve or the isolation valves are left
the evaporator and chilled water circuit. When all air is
closed on unit start-up.
removed from the system (including each pass), install
the vent plugs in the evaporator water boxes. 2. Check the oil separator oil level (see Maintenance
7. Check the adjustment and operation of each safety and Procedures section).
operating control. 3. Fill the evaporator water circuit. Vent the system while
8. Close all disconnect switches. it is being filled. Open the vent on the top of the
9. Refer to the sequence for daily unit startup for the evaporator and condenser while filling and close when
remainder of the seasonal startup. filling is completed.
NOTICE:
Proper Water Treatment!
The use of untreated or improperly treated water could
result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is
recommended that the services of a qualified water
treatment specialist be engaged to determine what
water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment failures which result from
untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or
brackish water.
4. Close the fused-disconnect switches that provides

power to the chilled water pump.
5. Start the evaporator water pump and, while water is
circulating, inspect all piping for leakage. Make any
necessary repairs before starting the unit.
6. While the water is circulating, adjust the water flows
and check the water pressure drops through the
evaporator. Refer to Water System Flow Rates and
Water System Pressure Drop.
7. Adjust the flow switch on the evaporator piping for
proper operation.
8. Stop the water pump. The unit is now ready for start-
up as described in Start-Up Procedures.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 97
Sequence of Operation
Figure 47. Sequence of operations
98 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 99
Figure 48. Sequence of operations
100 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 101
Maintenance
Perform all maintenance procedures and inspections at 6. Clean and repaint any areas that show signs of
the recommended intervals. This will prolong the life of corrosion.
the chiller and minimize the possibility of costly failures. 7. Clean the condenser coils.
Use the Operators Log, such as that show in chapter
Log and Check Sheet, p. 126 to record an operating
history for unit. The log serves as a valuable diagnostic WARNING
tool for service personnel. By observing trends in Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors!
operating conditions, an operator can anticipate and
Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors
prevent problem situations before they occur. If unit does before servicing could result in death or serious injury.
not operate properly during maintenance inspections, see Disconnect all electric power, including remote
Diagnostics, p. 105. disconnects and discharge all motor start/run
After unit has been operating for approximately 30 capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/
minutes and system has stabilized, check the operating tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be
inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or
conditions and complete procedures below:
other energy storing components provided by Trane or
others, refer to the appropriate manufacturers literature
Weekly for allowable waiting periods for discharge of
capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all
While unit is running in stable conditions. capacitors have discharged.
1. Check MP pressure for evaporator, condenser and For additional information regarding the safe discharge
intermediate oil. of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06A-EN
2. Observe liquid line sight glass on EXV.
8. Check and tighten all electrical connections as
3. If liquid line sight glass has bubbles measure the necessary.
subcooling entering the EXV. The subcooling should
never be less than 4F under any circumstances.
Refrigerant and Oil Charge
Important: A clear sightglass alone does not mean that
the system is properly charged. Also check Management
the rest of the system operating conditions.
Proper oil and refrigerant charge is essential for proper
4. Inspect the entire system for unusual conditions and unit operation, unit performance, and environmental
inspect the condenser coils for dirt and debris. If the protection. Only trained and licensed service personnel
coils are dirty, refer to coil cleaning. should service the chiller.
Table 64 lists baseline measurements for RTAC units
Monthly running at AHRI standard operating conditions. If chiller
measurements vary significantly from values listed below,
1. Perform all weekly maintenance procedures.
problems may exist with refrigerant and oil charge levels.
2. Record the system subcooling. Contact your local Trane office.
3. Make any repairs necessary. Note: Low temperature applications units will have
values that vary from Table 64. Contact your local
Annual Trane office for more information.
1. Perform all weekly and monthly procedures. Table 64. Typical RTAC baselines (AHRI conditions)
2. Check oil sump oil level while unit is off. Measurement Baseline
Note: Routine changing of oil is not required. Use an oil Evaporator Pressure 49.5 psia
analysis to determine condition of oil. Evaporator Approach 3.5F
3. Have a qualified laboratory perform a compressor oil EXV Position 45-50%

analysis to determine system moisture content and Evaporator - entering 54
acid level. This analysis is a valuable diagnostic tool. Evaporator - leaving 44
4. Contact a qualified service organization to leak test the Discharge Superheat 26.6F
chiller, to check operating and safety controls, and to Condenser Pressure 226 psia
inspect electrical components for deficiencies. Subcooling 18-23F
5. Inspect all piping components for leakage and
damage. Clean out any inline strainers.
102 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Maintenance
Lubrication System and the unit is in vacuum so that there is no refrigerant

dissolved in the oil.
The lubrication system has been designed to keep most of 3. After the unit has run for a while, the oil level in the
the oil lines filled with oil as long as there is a proper oil sump can vary greatly. However, if the unit has run
level in the oil sump. normal conditions for a long time the level should
resemble the level in the above chart.
Oil Sump Level Check
+1 to 4 (25 to -101mm) is acceptable
Oil system consists of the following components:
Important: If levels are outside these ranges, contact
Compressor your local Trane office.
Oil separator
Discharge line with service valve Condenser Maintenance
Oil line from separator to compressor
Condenser Coil Cleaning
Oil line drain (lowest point in system)
Oil cooler - optional
Oil temperature sensor WARNING
Oil line shut off valve with flare service connection Hazardous Chemicals!
Oil filter (internal to compressor) with flare fitting Failure to follow all safety instructions below could
service connection and schrader valve result in death or serious injury. Coil cleaning agents
can be either acidic or highly alkaline and can burn
Oil flow control valve (internal to the compressor after severely if contact with skin occurs. Handle chemical
the filter) carefully and avoid contact with skin. ALWAYS wear
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) including goggles
Oil return line from evaporator with shut off valve and or face shield, chemical resistant gloves, boots, apron
strainer or suit as required. For personal safety refer to the
Refer to Table 1, p. 10 throughTable 10, p. 19 for the cleaning agent manufacturers Materials Safety Data
standard oil charge for each circuit. Sheet and follow all recommended safe handling
practices.
Note: It is recommended to check the oil level in the sump
using a sight glass or a manometer, attached to Clean the condenser coils at least once a year or more
charging hoses. frequently if the unit is in a dirty environment. A clean
condenser coil will help to maintain chiller operating
Table 65. Oil charging data
efficiency. Follow the detergent manufacturer's
Normal quantity of oil in instructions to avoid damaging the condenser coils.
Approximate sump oil refrigeration system
To clean the condenser coils use a soft brush and a sprayer
level after running (evaporator/
Circuit normal conditions condenser) such as a garden pump type or a high-pressure type. A
(Tons) (in) lb (gal) high quality detergent such as Trane Coil Cleaner (Part No.
70 7 1.1 (0.14)
CHM-00255) is recommended.
85 6 1.1 (0.14) Note: If detergent mixture is strongly alkaline (pH value
100 7 1.8 (0.23)
greater than 8.5, an inhibitor must be added).
120 7 1.8 (0.23)
170 8 3.5 (0.44)
200 8 3.5 (0.44)
240 8 3.5 (0.44)
1. To measure oil level, use the oil drain valve on the oil
line and a service valve on the discharge line. This
measurement can only be made when the circuit is not
running.
Note: The level is measured from the bottom of the
separator and 1 must be subtracted for the
thickness of the bottom plate.
2. The initial oil charge should be approximately at the
level in the above chart. This is the approximate oil
level if all the oil is in the oil lines, filter and oil sump
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 103
Maintenance
Travel Restraint
WARNING
Falling Off Equipment!
Failure to use travel restraint slots and equipment as
described below could result in death or serious injury.
This unit is built with travel restraint slots located on
unit top that MUST be used during servicing. These
slots are to be used with travel restraint equipment
that will not allow an individual to reach the unit edge.
However such equipment will NOT prevent falling to
the ground, for they are NOT designed to withstand the
force of a falling individual.
This unit is built with travel restraint slots located on unit

top that must be used during servicing. See Figure 49.
Figure 49. Roof view travel restraint slots
Travel Restraint Slots
104 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics
Legend to Diagnostics Table Active Modes [Inactive Modes]: States the modes or
periods of operation that the diagnostic is active in and, as
Legacy Hex Code: 3 digit hexadecimal code used on all necessary, those modes or periods that it is specifically not
past products to uniquely identify diagnostics. active in as an exception to the active modes. The inactive
modes are enclosed in brackets, [ ]. Note that the modes
Diagnostic Name and Source: Name of Diagnostic and
used in this column are internal and not generally
its source. Note that this is the exact text used in the User
annunciated to any of the formal mode displays
Interface and/or Service Tool displays.
Criteria: Quantitatively defines the criteria used in
Affects Target: Defines the target or what is affected
generating the diagnostic and, if nonlatching, the criteria
by the diagnostic. Usually either the entire Chiller, or a
for auto reset. If more explanation is necessary a hot link
particular Circuit or Compressor is affected by the
to the Functional Specification is used.
diagnostic (the same one as the source), but in special
cases functions are modified or disabled by the diagnostic. Reset Level: Defines the lowest level of manual
None implies that there is no direct affect to the chiller, sub diagnostic reset command which can clear the diagnostic.
components or functional operation. The manual diagnostic reset levels in order of priority are:
Local or Remote. For example, a diagnostic that has a
Severity: Defines the severity of the above effect.
reset level of Remote, can be reset by either a remote
Immediate means immediate shutdown of the effected
diagnostic reset command or by a local diagnostic reset
portion, Normal means normal or friendly shutdown of
command.
the effected portion, Special Mode means a special mode
of operation (limp along) is invoked, but without Help Text: Provides for a brief description of what kind of
shutdown, and Info means an Informational Note or problems might cause this diagnostic to occur. Both
Warning is generated. control system component related problems as well as
chiller application related problems are addressed (as can
Persistence: Defines whether or not the diagnostic and
possibly be anticipated). These help messages will be
its effects are to be manually reset (Latched), or can be
updated with accumulated field experience with the
either manually or automatically reset (Nonlatched).
chillers.
Starter Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics

Active
Modes
Diagnostic Name Affects [Inactive Reset
and Source Target Severity Persistence Modes] Criteria Level
Motor Current Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip
Cprsr
Overload - Circuit Immediate Latch characteristic. For A/C products Must trip = 140% RLA, Must Local
Energized
Compressor 1A hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Cprsr
Energized
Compressor 1B hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Cprsr
Energized
Compressor 2A hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Cprsr
Energized
Compressor 2B hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds
Pre-Start and
Nom. trip: 60 seconds at greater than 112.5%, 2.5%, Auto Reset
Over Voltage Chiller Normal NonLatch Any Ckt(s) Remote
at 109% or less.
Energzd
a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer
inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss
Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold =
Start 20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than
Phase Loss - Sequence guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds
Cprsr Immediate Latch Local
Compressor 1A and Run maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
modes time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled
and current is not sensed on one or more current transformer
inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 second from
compressor start.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 105
Diagnostics
Table 66. Starter diagnostics (continued)

Active
Modes
Compressor 1B and Run maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
compressor start
Compressor 2A and Run maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
compressor start
Compressor 2B and Run maximum. Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip
compressor start
Compressor
energized to
A phase reversal was detected on the incoming current. On a
Phase Reversal - transition
Cprsr Immediate Latch compressor startup the phase reversal logic must detect and trip Local
Compressor 1A command
in a maximum of 0.3 second from compressor start.
[All Other
Times]
Compressor
energized to
Compressor 1B command
[All Other
Times]
Compressor
energized to
Compressor 2A command
[All Other
Times]
Compressor
energized to
Compressor 2B command
[All Other
Times]
The compressor had previously established currents while
running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design:
Less than 10% RLA, trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will
preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete
All
Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
compressor
diagnostic from occurring with the intended disconnect of main
running
power, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the
modes
Power Loss - guaranteed reset time of the Starter module. Note: This
Cprsr Immediate NonLatch [all Remote
Compressor 1A diagnostic prevents nuisance latching diagnostics due to a
compressor
momentary power loss - It does not protect motor/compressor
starting and
from uncontrolled power reapplication. See Momentary Power
non-running
Loss Diagnostic for this protection. This diagnostic is not active
modes]
during the start mode before the transition complete input is
proven. Thus a random power loss during a start would result in
either a Starter Fault Type 3" or a Starter Did Not Transition
latching diagnostic.
106 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
All
compressor
running
modes
Power Loss - preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete
Compressor 1B Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
compressor
starting and
non-running
guaranteed reset time of the Starter module.
modes]
All
compressor
running
modes
Compressor 2A Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
compressor
starting and
non-running
modes]
All
compressor
running
modes
Compressor 2B Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this
compressor
starting and
non-running
modes]
Severe Current
All Running A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase
Imbalance - Circuit Immediate Latch Local
Modes relative to the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds.
Compressor 1A
Severe Current
Compressor 1B
Severe Current
Modes relative to the average of all 3 phases for 90 continuous seconds
Compressor 2A
Severe Current
Compressor 2B
While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was
Starter 1A Dry Run Starter Dry
Cprsr Immediate Latch sensed at the Potential Transformers or 10% RLA Current was Local
Test Run Mode
sensed at the Current Transformers.
Starter 1B Dry Run Starter Dry
Test Run Mode
Starter 2A Dry Run Starter Dry
Test Run Mode
Starter 2B Dry Run Starter Dry
Test Run Mode
Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all
phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time
Starter
shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On
Contactor
detection and until the controller is manually reset: generate
Starter Contactor not
Special diagnostic, energize the appropriate alarm relay, continue to
Interrupt Failure - Chiller Latch Energized Local
Mode energize the Evap Pump Output, continue to command the
Compressor 2A [Starter
affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and
Contactor
command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as
Energized]
current continues, perform liquid level and fan control on the
circuit effected.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 107
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
Starter
Contactor
Compressor 1A [Starter
Contactor
Energized]
circuit effected.
Starter
Contactor
Compressor 1B [Starter
Contactor
Energized]
circuit effected.
Starter
Contactor
Compressor 2B [Starter
Contactor
Energized]
circuit effected.
The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in
the designated time from its command to transition. The must
Starter Did Not On the first hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1
Transition - Cprsr Immediate Latch check after second. The Must trip time from the transition command is 6 Local
Compressor 1A transition. seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line
Starters.
Compressor 1B transition. seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
Starters.
Compressor 2A transition. seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
Starters.
Compressor 2B transition. seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active
Starters.
This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a
Starting - Y
Starter Fault Type I - check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by
Cprsr Immediate Latch Delta Local
Compressor 1A the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
Starters Only
start, then one of the other contactors is shorted.
Starting - Y
Compressor 1B the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
Starters Only
Starting - Y
Compressor 2A the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
Starters Only
108 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
Starting - Y
Compressor 2B the CT's. If currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at
Starters Only
a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor
(1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that
Starting All
Starter Fault Type II - there are no currents detected by the CT's. If current is detected
Cprsr Immediate Latch types of Local
Compressor 1A when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood
that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.).
Starting - All
Compressor 1B when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
Starting - All
Compressor 2A when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
Starting - All
Compressor 2B when only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test
starters
As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the
Starting compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main
Starter Fault Type III [Adaptive Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no
- Compressor 1A Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 Seconds on all three
Starter Type] phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except
Adaptive Frequency Drives.
- Compressor 1B Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three
- Compressor 2A Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three
- Compressor 2B Frequency currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three
The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the
compressor motor running after a successful completion of
Transition Complete transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer,
All running
Input Opened - Cprsr Immediate Latch Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this diagnostic Local
modes
Compressor 1A from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the
power loss diagnostic.
All running
modes
Compressor 1B from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 109
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
All running
modes
Compressor 2A from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
All running
modes
Compressor 2B from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the
Transition Complete The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the
Input Shorted - Cprsr Immediate Latch Pre-Start compressor was started. This is active for all electromechanical Local
Compressor 1A starters.
Compressor 1B starters.
Compressor 2A starters.
Compressor 2B starters.
Pre-Start and
Nom. trip: 60 seconds at less than 87.5%, 2.8% at 200V 1.8%
Under Voltage Chiller Normal NonLatch Any Ckt(s) Remote
at 575V, Auto Reset at 90% or greater.
Energzd
Main Processor Diagnostics

Table 67. Main processor diagnostics
Active Modes
Affects Persist- [Inactive Reset
Diagnostic Name Target Severity ence Modes] Criteria Level
The BAS was setup as installed at the MP and the Comm 3 llid
lost communications with the BAS for 15 contiguous minutes
after it had been established. Refer to Section on Setpoint
BAS Communication Arbitration to determine how setpoints and operating modes
None Special NonLatch All Remote
Lost may be effected by the comm loss. The chiller follows the value
of the Tracer Default Run Command which can be previously
written by Tracer and stored nonvolatilely by the MP (either use
local or shutdown).
The BAS was setup as installed and the BAS did not
communicate with the MP within 15 minutes after power-up.
BAS Failed to
Refer to Section on Setpoint Arbitration to determine how
Establish None Special NonLatch At power-up Remote
setpoints and operating modes may be effected. Note: The
Communication
original requirement for this was 2 minutes, but was
implemented at 15 minutes for RTAC.
The real time clock had detected loss of its oscillator at some
time in the past. Check / replace battery? This diagnostic can be
Check Clock Chiller Info Latch All effectively cleared only by writing a new value to the chiller's Remote
time clock using the TechView or DynaView's set chiller time
functions.
The MP has received a fault signal from the respective condenser
fan Variable Speed Inverter Drive, and unsuccessfully attempted
Condenser Fan All Prestart and (5 times within 1 minute of each other) to clear the fault. The 4th
Variable Speed inverters Special Running w/ attempt removes power from the inverter to create a power up
Latch Remote
Drive Fault - Circuit on this Mode Variable Spd Fan reset. If the fault does not clear, the MP will revert to constant
1 (Drive 1) circuit enabled speed operation without the use of the inverter's fan. The
inverter must be manually bypassed, and fan outputs rebound,
for full fixed speed fan operation.
110 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics
Table 67. Main processor diagnostics (continued)

Active Modes
Latch Remote
1 Drive 2 circuit enabled speed operation without the use of the inverter's fan. The
Latch Remote
Latch Remote
Condenser
Refrigerant Pressure
Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
Transducer - Circuit
1
Condenser
Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
Transducer - Circuit
2
a. EMERGENCY STOP input is open. An external interlock has
Emergency Stop Chiller Immediate Latch All tripped. Time to trip from input opening to unit stop shall be 0.1 Local
to 1.0 seconds.
Bad Sensor or LLID a. Normal operation, no effects on control.
Evaporator Entering Chilled
b. Chiller shall remove any Return or Constant Return Chilled
Water Temperature Water Info Latch All Remote
Water Reset, if it was in effect. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water
Sensor Reset
Reset spec.
Evaporator Leaving
Water Temperature Chiller Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
Sensor
Evaporator Liquid
Level Sensor - Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
Circuit 1
Evaporator Liquid
Level Sensor - Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
Circuit 2
Circuit non- This diagnostic is effective only with Remote Evap units. The
running modes liquid level of the respective evaporator was not seen to be below
Evaporator Rfgt
Circuit NA Latch [Drain Valve the level of -21.2 mm within 5 minutes of the commanded Remote
Drain - Circuit 1
commanded opening of its Drain Valve Solenoid. The diagnostic will not be
closed] active if the drain valve is commanded closed.
Circuit non- This diagnostic is effective only with Remote Evap units. The
running modes liquid level of the respective evaporator was not seen to be below
Evaporator Rfgt
Circuit NA Latch [Drain Valve the level of -21.2 mm within 5 minutes of the commanded Remote
Drain - Circuit 2
commanded opening of its Drain Valve Solenoid Valve. The diagnostic will not
closed] be active if the drain valve is commanded closed.
Evaporator Water Any Ckt Energized The entering evaporator water temp fell below the leaving
Immediate
Flow (Entering Chiller Latching [No Ckts evaporator water temp by more than 2F for 180F-sec, Remote
Shutdown
Water Temp) Energized] minimum trip time 1 minute.
Evaporator Water
Ckt Energized Large evaporator approach temps, low evap sat temps, and
Flow (High Approach Immediate
Chiller Latching [Ckt Not presence of liquid refrigerant, suggest this circuit is running with Remote
Temperature)- Shutdown
Energized] no or reversed evaporator water flow.
Circuit 1
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 111
Diagnostics

Active Modes
Evaporator Water
Ckt Energized Large evaporator approach temps, low evap sat temps, and
Flow (High Approach Immediate
Chiller Latching [Ckt Not presence of liquid refrigerant, suggest this circuit is running with Remote
Temperature)- Shutdown
Energized] no or reversed evaporator water flow.
Circuit 2
a. The Evaporator water flow switch input was open for more
than 6-10 sec (HV binary input) or 20-25* sec (for factory mtd
Whenever Evap
low voltage binary input) b. This diagnostic does not de-
Pump is
energize the evap pump output c. 6-10 seconds of contiguous
Evaporator Water commanded on
Chiller Immediate NonLatch flow shall clear this diagnostic. d. Even though the pump times Remote
Flow Lost due to Auto mode
out in the STOP modes, this diagnostic shall not be called out in
and certain off-
the STOP modes, (with the exception of pump override due to
cycle diagnostics
certain off-cycle diagnostics). * could be longer if water temps
are rapidly changing warmer
Evaporator water flow was not proven within 4:15 (RTAC Rev 20
and earlier) or 20:00 (RTAC Rev 21) of the Evaporator water
pump relay being energized. With SW Rev 17.0 and earlier, the
Whenever Evap
diagnostic will de-energize the Evaporator Water Pump output.
Pump is
It will be re-energized if the diagnostic clears with the return of
Evaporator Water commanded on
Chiller Normal NonLatch flow and the chiller will be allowed to restart normally (to Remote
Flow Overdue due to Auto mode
accommodate external control of pump) With SW Rev 18.0 and
and certain off-
later, the pump command status will not be effected. In the case
cycle diagnostics
of certain Off-cycle diagnostics in which the pump is
overridden to on, the delay to callout of the diagnostic is
shortened to 4:15.
a. Function Not Enabled: no diagnostics. b. Enabled : Out-
Of-Range Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CWS to
External Chilled
None Info NonLatch All next level of priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint). This Info Remote
Water Setpoint
diagnostic will automatically reset if the input returns to the
normal range.
a. Not Enabled: no diagnostics. b. Enabled : Out-Of-Range
External Current Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CLS to next level
None Info NonLatch All Remote
Limit Setpoint of priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint. This Info diagnostic will
automatically reset if the input returns to the normal range.
High Differential The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Normal Latch Cprsr Energized above 275 Psid for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 Remote
- Circuit 1 seconds.
High Differential The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Normal Latch Cprsr Energized above 275 Psid for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 Remote
- Circuit 2 seconds
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of
High Evaporator Starter Contactor range for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is
Liquid Level - Circuit Circuit Normal Latch Energized running. (The diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when the Remote
1 [all Stop modes] circuit is off). Design: 80% or more of bit count corresponding
to +21.2 mm or more liquid level for 80 minutes)
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of
High Evaporator Starter Contactor range for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is
Liquid Level - Circuit Circuit Normal Latch Energized running. (The diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when the Remote
2 [all Stop modes] circuit is off). Design: 80% or more of bit count corresponding
to +21.2 mm or more liquid level for 80 minutes)
The evaporator refrigerant pressure of either circuit has risen
above 190 psig. The evaporator water pump relay will be de-
energized to stop the pump regardless of why the pump is
running (and the chiller will be prevented from starting) The
diagnostic will auto reset and the pump will return to normal
High Evaporator
Chiller Immediate NonLatch All control when all of the evaporator pressures fall below 185 psig. Remote
The primary purpose is to stop the evaporator water pump and
its associated pump heat from causing refrigerant side
pressures, close to the evaporator relief valve setting, when the
chiller is not running, such as could occur with Evap Water Flow
Overdue or Evaporator Water Flow Loss Diagnostics.
112 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics

Active Modes
The leaving water temperature exceeded the high evap water
temp limit (TV service menu settable -default 105F) for 15
Only effective if continuous seconds. The evaporator water pump relay will be
either de-energized to stop the pump but only if it is running due to one
Info and 1)Evap Wtr Flow of the diagnostics listed on the left. The diagnostic will auto reset
Special Overdue, and the pump will return to normal control when the
High Evaporator Action (Pre 2)Evap Wtr Flow temperature falls 5 F below the trip setting. The primary purpose
Chiller NonLatch Remote
Water Temperature RTAC Loss, or is to stop the evaporator water pump and its associated pump
Refresh 3)Low Evap Rfgt heat from causing excessive waterside temperatures and
Rev 39) Temp,-Unit Off, waterside pressures when the chiller is not running but the evap
diagnostic is pump is on due to either Evap Water Flow Overdue, Evaporator
active. Water Flow Loss, or Low Evap Temp - Unit Off Diagnostics. This
diagnostic will not auto clear solely due to the clearing of the
enabling diagnostic.
The leaving water temperature exceeded the high evap water
temp limit (TV service menu settable -default 105F) for 15
Only effective if
continuous seconds, with one of the three diagnostics on the left
either
already active. The evaporator water pump relay will be de-
Immediate 1)Evap Wtr Flow
energized to stop the pump. The diagnostic can only be cleared
Shutdown Overdue
by a manual reset and will clear regardless of the temperature.
High Evaporator (Beginning 2)Evap Wtr Flow
Chiller Latch (although the diagnostic may reoccur based on the trip criteria). Local
Water Temperature with RTAC Loss, or
The primary purpose is to stop the evaporator water pump and
Refresh 3)Low Evap Rfgt
its associated pump heat from causing excessive waterside
Rev 39) Temp,-Unit Off,
temperatures (and waterside pressures) when the chiller is not
diagnostic is
running but the evap pump is on due to a pump override to on
active.
(as can be caused by a bad flow switches failure to close and
prove flow).
The respective oil temperature as supplied to the compressor,
exceeded 200 F for 2 consecutive samples or for over 10
High Oil seconds. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature
Temperature - Cprsr 1B Immediate Latch All Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's Remote
Compressor 1B female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
exceeds 190F and returned to normal control when the oil
temperature falls below 170 F.
Temperature - Cprsr 2B Immediate Latch All Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's Remote
Compressor 2B female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
Temperature - Cprsr 1A Immediate Latch All Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's Remote
Compressor 1A female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
Temperature - Cprsr 2A Immediate Latch All Limit Mode (aka Minimum Limit), the running compressor's Remote
Compressor 2A female load step will be forced loaded when its oil temperature
A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at
High Pressure 315 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an
Cutout - Circuit Immediate Latch All expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from Local
Compressor 1A annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open.
Compressor 1B annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 113
Diagnostics

Active Modes
Compressor 2A annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Compressor 2B annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 1A Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
- Compressor 1A
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 1B Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
- Compressor 1B
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 2A Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
- Compressor 2A
Intermediate Oil
Pressure Transducer Cprsr 2B Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
- Compressor 2B
The leaving Evaporator water temp. fell below the leaving water
Unit in Stop Mode, temp cutout setting for 30 degree F seconds while the Chiller is
or in Auto Mode in the Stop mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running.
Low Chilled Water Evap Special
NonLatch and No Ckt(s) Energize Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, Remote
Temp: Unit Off Pump Mode
Energzd then return to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset
[Any Ckt Energzd] occurs when the temp rises 2F (1.1C) above the cutout setting
for 30 minutes.
The evaporator water temp. fell below the cutout setpoint for 30
Immediate
Any Ckts] Energzd degree F Seconds while the compressor was running. Automatic
Low Chilled Water and
Chiller NonLatch [No Ckt(s) reset occurs when the temperature rises 2F (1.1C) above the Remote
Temp: Unit On Special
Energzd] cutout setting for 2 minutes. This diagnostic shall not de-
Mode
energize the Evaporator Water Pump Output.
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
Low Differential
below 35 Psid for more than 2000 Psid-sec with either a 1 minute
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Immediate Latch Cprsr Energized Remote
(single cprsr circuit) or 2.5 minute (manifolded cprsr circuit)
- Circuit 1
ignore time from the start of the circuit.
The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was
Low Differential
below 35 Psid for more than 2000 Psid-sec with either a 1 minute
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Immediate Latch Cprsr Energized Remote
(single cprsr circuit) or 2.5 minute (manifolded cprsr circuit)
- Circuit 2
ignore time from the start of the circuit.
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its low end of range
Low Evaporator Starter Contactor
for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is running.
Liquid Level - Circuit None Info NonLatch Energized Remote
Design: 20% or less of bit count corresponding to -21.2 mm or
1 [all Stop modes]
less liquid level for 80 minutes)
The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its low end of range
Low Evaporator Starter Contactor
for 80 contiguous minutes while the compressor is running.
Liquid Level - Circuit None Info NonLatch Energized Remote
Design: 20% or less of bit count corresponding to -21.2 mm or
2 [all Stop modes]
less liquid level for 80 minutes)
The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature
(calculated from suction pressure transducer dropped below the
Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 1125 F-sec
with a 8 F-sec/sec max integral rate applied during circuit
startup transient (or 4F-s/s if manifolded and only one cprsr
running) while the circuit was running early in the circuit's cycle.
Low Evaporator
The minimum LRTC setpoint is -5 F (18.7 Psia) the point at which
Refrigerant All Ckt Running
Circuit Immediate Latch oil separates from the refrigerant. During the time that the trip Remote
Temperature - Modes
integral is non zero, the unload solenoid(s) of the running
Circuit 1
compressors on the circuit, shall be energized continuously and
the load solenoid shall be off. Normal load/unload operation will
be resumed if the trip integral decays to zero by temps above the
cutout setpoint. The integral is held nonvolatily though power
down, is continuously calculated, and can decay during the
circuit's off cycle as conditions warrant.
114 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics

Active Modes
The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature
(calculated from suction pressure transducer dropped below the
Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 1125 F-sec
with a 8 F-sec/sec max integral rate applied during circuit
startup transient (or 4F-s/s if manifolded and only one cprsr
running) while the circuit was running early in the circuit's cycle.
Low Evaporator
The minimum LRTC setpoint is -5 F (18.7 Psia) the point at which
Refrigerant All Ckt Running
Circuit Immediate Latch oil separates from the refrigerant. During the time that the trip Remote
Temperature - Modes
integral is non zero, the unload solenoid(s) of the running
Circuit 2
compressors on the circuit, shall be energized continuously and
the load solenoid shall be off. Normal load/unload operation will
be resumed if the trip integral decays to zero by temps above the
cutout setpoint. The integral is held nonvolatily though power
down, is continuously calculated, and can decay during the
circuit's off cycle as conditions warrant.
Any of the evap sat temps fell below the water temp cutout
setting while the respective evap liquid level was greater than -
Unit in Stop Mode,
21.2mm for 150 degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop
Low Evaporator or in Auto Mode
Evap Special mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize
Temp - Ckt 1: Unit NonLatch and No Ckt's Remote
Pump Mode Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, then return
Off Energzd
to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when
[Any Ckt Energzd]
either the evap temp rises 2 F (1.1 C) above the cutout setting
or the liquid level falls below -21.2mm for 30 minutes
Any of the evap sat temps fell below the water temp cutout
setting while the respective evap liquid level was greater than -
Unit in Stop Mode,
21.2mm for 150 degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop
Low Evaporator or in Auto Mode
Evap Special mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize
Temp - Ckt 2: Unit NonLatch and No Ckt's Remote
Pump Mode Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic auto resets, then return
Off Energzd
to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when
[Any Ckt Energzd]
either the evap temp rises 2 F (1.1 C) above the cutout setting
or the liquid level falls below -21.2mm for 30 minutes
The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor
Cprsr Energized was out of the acceptable pressure range for 15 seconds, while
Low Oil Flow -
Cprsr Immediate Latch and Delta P above the Delta Pressure was greater than 35 Psid.: Acceptable range Local
Compressor 1A
35 Psid is 0.50 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) for the first 2.5 minutes of operation,
and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) thereafter,
Low Oil Flow -
Compressor 1B
Low Oil Flow -
Cprsr Immediate Latch and Delta P above the Delta Pressure was greater than 35Psid.: Acceptable range Local
Compressor 2A
and 0.25 > (PC-PI) / (PC-PE) thereafter,.
Low Oil Flow -
Compressor 2B
a. The Suction Refrigerant Pressure (or either of the compressor
suction pressures) dropped below 10 Psia just prior to
compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. The pressure fell
Low Suction below 16 Psia while running after the ignore time had expired,
Cprsr Prestart and
Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Immediate Latch or fell below 10 Psia (or 5 Psia in sftw prior to Oct'02) before the Local
Cprsr Energized
- Circuit 1 ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
air temperature. Note: Part b. is identical to Low Evaporator
Refrigerant Temperature diagnostic except for the trip integral
and trip point settings.
Cprsr Prestart and
Cprsr Energized
- Circuit 2 ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 115
Diagnostics

Active Modes
Cprsr Prestart and
Cprsr Energized
- Cprsr 1B ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
Cprsr Prestart and
Cprsr Energized
- Cprsr 2B ignore time had expired. The ignore time is function of outdoor
MP Application
Chiller Immediate Latch All Modes Memory error criteria TBD Remote
Memory CRC Error
MP has determined there was an error with the previous power
MP: Could not Store
None Info Latch All down store. Starts and Hours may have been lost for the last 24 Remote
Starts and Hours
hours.
MP: Invalid MP has an invalid configuration based on the current software
None Immediate Latch All Remote
Configuration installed
MP: Non-Volatile MP has determined there was an error with a block in the Non-
None Info Latch All Remote
Block Test Error Volatile memory. Check settings.
MP: Non-Volatile MP has determined there was an error in a sector of the Non-
Memory Reformat Volatile memory and it was reformatted. Check settings.
The main processor has successfully come out of a reset and
built its application. A reset may have been due to a power up,
MP: Reset Has
None Info NonLatch All installing new software or configuration. This diagnostic is Remote
Occurred
immediately and automatically cleared and thus can only be
seen in the Historic Diagnostic List in TechView
The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is
Starter Contactor
Oil Flow Fault - reading a pressure either above its respective circuit's
Circuit Immediate Latch Energized Local
Compressor 1A Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Suction Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously.
Starter Contactor
Compressor 1B Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Starter Contactor
Compressor 2A Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Starter Contactor
Compressor 2B Condenser Pressure by 15 Psia or more, or below its respective
[all Stop modes]
Oil Temperature
Circuit Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote
Sensor - Cprsr 1B
Oil Temperature
Sensor - Cprsr 2B
Oil Temperature
Sensor -Cprsr 1A
Oil Temperature
Sensor -Cprsr 2A
Bad Sensor or LLID. Note that if this diagnostic occurs,
Outdoor Air
Chiller Normal Latch All operational pumpdown will be performed regardless of the last Remote
Temperature Sensor
valid temperature
Pumpdown The pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally
Terminated - Circuit None Info NonLatch Pumpdown Mode due to excessive time or due to a specific set of diagnostic Remote
1 criteria - but w/o associated latching diagnostics
116 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics

Active Modes
Pumpdown The pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally
Terminated - Circuit None Info NonLatch Pumpdown Mode due to excessive time or due to a specific set of diagnostic Remote
2 criteria - but w/o associated latching diagnostics
Software Error
Reported if a compressor is found to be running without chilled
1001: Call Trane
All water flow for three minutes. Previously, this error would be
Service (beginning
identified after five minutes.
with Rev 29)
Software Error
1002: Call Trane Reported if state chart misalignment in stopped or inactive state
All
Service (beginning occurs.
with Rev 29)
Software Error
1003: Call Trane
All Reported if state chart misalignment in stopping state occurs.
Service (beginning
with Rev 29)
A high level software watchdog has detected a condition in which
there was a continuous 5 minute period of compressor
Latch -
operation, with neither chilled water flow nor a contactor
Software Error power
All interrupt failure diagnostic active. The occurrence of this
Number: 1001 (Rev Immediate down All
functions software error message suggests an internal software state
28) reset is
chart misalignment has occurred. The events that led up to this
reqd
failure, if known, should be recorded and transmitted to Trane
Controls Engineering - (SW rev 24 and higher)
Starter Failed to Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted time (15
Cprsr Info Latch All Local
Arm/Start - Cprsr 1A seconds).
Arm/Start - Cprsr 1B seconds).
Arm/Start - Cprsr 2A seconds).
Arm/Start - Cprsr 2B seconds).
Starter Module
Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed.
Memory Error Type 1 None Info Latch All Local
Configuration recalled from EEPROM.
- Starter 2A
Starter Module
Memory Error Type 1 None Info Latch All Local
- Starter 2B
Starter Module
Memory Error Type None Info Latch All Local
1Starter 1A
Starter Module
Memory Error Type None Info Latch All Local
1-Starter 1B
Starter Module
Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration
Memory Error Type 2 Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
failed. Factor default values used.
- Starter 1A
Starter Module
- Starter 1B
Starter Module
- Starter 2A
Starter Module
- Starter 2B
Starter Panel High Limit Thermostat (170 F) trip was detected.
Starter Panel High Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected
Special
Temperature Limit - Cprsr 1B NonLatch All consequence of the Panel High Temp Limit trip will be suppressed Local
Mode
Panel 1, Cprsr 1B from annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open for Cprsr 1B
Special
Temperature Limit - Cprsr 2A NonLatch All consequence of the Panel High Temp Limit trip will be suppressed Local
Mode
Panel 1, Cprsr 2A from annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open for Cprsr 2A
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 117
Diagnostics

Active Modes
Special
Temperature Limit - Cprsr 2B NonLatch All consequence of the Panel High Temp Limit trip will be suppressed Local
Mode
Panel 2, Cprsr 2B from annunciation. These include Phase Loss, Power Loss, and
Transition Complete Input Open for Cprsr 2B
Bad Sensor or LLID Circuit target if no isolation valves,
Suction Refrigerant Compressor target if isolation valves. Design Note: In the case
Pressure Transducer of manifolded compressors w/o isolation valves, the occurrence
Special Immediate Latch All Remote
- Circuit 1, of this diagnostic will also generate a comm loss with the
Compressor 1A nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 1B in order to accomplish circuit
shutdown.
Suction Refrigerant Bad Sensor or LLID. Design Note: For circuits with manifolded
Pressure Transducer compressors w/o isolation valve option, this diagnostic will occur
Cprsr 1B Immediate Latch All Remote
- Circuit 1, with the preceding diagnostic, even though this transducer is not
Compressor 1B required or installed.
Bad Sensor or LLID Circuit target if no isolation valves,
Suction Refrigerant Compressor target if isolation valves. Design Note: In the case
Pressure Transducer of manifolded compressors w/o isolation valves, the occurrence
Special Immediate Latch All Remote
- Circuit 2, of this diagnostic will also generate a comm loss with the
Compressor 2A nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 2B in order to accomplish circuit
shutdown.
Suction Refrigerant Bad Sensor or LLID. Design Note: For circuits with manifolded
Pressure Transducer compressors w/o isolation valve option, this diagnostic will occur
Cprsr 2B Immediate Latch All Remote
- Circuit 2, with the preceding diagnostic, even though this transducer is not
Compressor 2B required or installed
The evaporator pressure dropped below 8 psia (or 5 psia in sftw
prior to Oct '02)regardless of whether or not compressors are
All
Very Low Evaporator running on that circuit. This diagnostic was created to prevent
[compressor or
Refrigerant Pressure Chiller Immediate Latch compressor failures due to cross binding by forcing an entire Local
circuit in manual
- Circuit 1 chiller shutdown. If a given compressor or circuit is locked out,
lockout]
the suction pressure transducer(s) associated with it, will be
excluded from causing this diagnostic.
The evaporator pressure dropped below 8 psia (or 5 psia in sftw
prior to Oct '02) regardless of whether or not compressors are
All
Very Low Evaporator running on that circuit. This diagnostic was created to prevent
[compressor or
Refrigerant Pressure Chiller Immediate Latch compressor failures due to cross binding by forcing an entire Local
circuit in manual
- Circuit 2 chiller shutdown. If a given compressor or circuit is locked out,
lockout]
the suction pressure transducer(s) associated with it, will be
excluded from causing this diagnostic.
Communication Diagnostics
The following communication loss diagnostics will not from by the Main Processor. Many LLIDs, such as the Quad
occur unless that input or output is required to be present Relay LLID, have more than one functional output
by the particular configuration and installed options for associated with it. A comm loss with such a multiple
the chiller. function board, will generate multiple diagnostics. Refer to
Communication diagnostics (with the exception of the Chiller's wiring diagrams to relate the occurrence of
Excessive Loss of Comm are named by the Functional multiple communication diagnostics back to the physical
Name of the input or output that is no longer being heard LLID boards that they have been assigned to (bound).
Table 68. Communication diagnostics
Active
Modes
Comm Loss: Chilled Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Chiller Immediate Latch All Remote
Water Flow Switch Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Circuit Immediate Latch All Remote
Pressure, Circuit #1 Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Circuit Immediate Latch All Remote
Pressure, Circuit #2 Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
118 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics
Table 68. Communication diagnostics (continued)

Active
Modes
Comm Loss: Electronic
Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Expansion Valve, Circuit Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
#1
Comm Loss: Electronic
Expansion Valve, Circuit Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
#2
Comm Loss: Emergency Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Chiller Normal Latch All Remote
Stop Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Evap Oil Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Cprsr Normal Latch All Remote
Return Valve, Cprsr 1A Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Return Valve, Cprsr 1B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Return Valve, Cprsr 2A Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Return Valve, Cprsr 2B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Evaporator Chilled
Special Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall
Entering Water Water Latch All Remote
Mode remove any Return or Constant Return Chilled Water Reset, if it
Temperature Reset
was in effect. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water Reset spec.
Comm Loss: Evaporator
Leaving Water Chiller Normal Latch All Remote
Temperature
Comm Loss: Evaporator Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
Rfgt Drain Valve - Ckt 1 Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Rfgt Drain Valve - Ckt 2 Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Rfgt Liquid Level, Circuit Circuit Immediate Latch All Remote
#1
Rfgt Liquid Level, Circuit Circuit Immediate Latch All Remote
#2
All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Circuit Immediate Latch [Ckt/Cprsr Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: This Remote
Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #1
lock out] diagnostic is replaced by diagnostic 5FB below with Rev 15.0
All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Circuit Immediate Latch [Ckt/Cprsr Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: This Remote
Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #2
lock out] diagnostic is replaced by diagnostic 5FD below with Rev 15.0
Water Pump Control Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: External Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Auto/Stop Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
External Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Comm Loss: External Chilled Special Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall
NonLatch All Remote
Chilled Water Setpoint Water Mode discontinue use of the External Chilled Water Setpoint source and
Setpoint revert to the next higher priority for setpoint arbitration
Comm Loss: External
Special Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will
Circuit Lockout, Circuit Circuit Latch All Remote
Mode nonvolatily hold the lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was
#1
in effect at the time of comm loss.
Comm Loss: External
Special Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will
Circuit Lockout, Circuit Circuit Latch All Remote
Mode nonvolatily hold the lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was
#2
in effect at the time of comm loss
External Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Comm Loss: External Current Special Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall
NonLatch All Remote
Current Limit Setpoint Limit Mode discontinue use of the External Current limit setpoint and revert to
setpoint the next higher priority for Current Limit setpoint arbitration
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 119
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
Comm Loss: Fan Control Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Circuit #1, Stage #1 Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Special
Fault, Circuit #1 or Circuit Inverter Latch All Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the Remote
Mode
#1, Drive 1 remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Special
Inverter Latch All Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the Remote
Fault, Circuit #1, Drive 2 Mode
remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Special
Fault, Circuit #2 or Circuit Inverter Latch All Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the Remote
Mode
#2, Drive 1 remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck.
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Special
Fault, Circuit #2, Drive 2 Mode
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter
Power, Circuit #1 or Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
Circuit #1 Drive 1 and 2
Power, Circuit #2 or Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
Circuit #2 Drive 1 and 2
Speed Command, Circuit Special
#1 or Circuit #1 Drive 1 Mode
and 2
Speed Command, Circuit Special
#2 or Circuit #2 Drive 1 Mode
and 2
Comm Loss: Female Step Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Load Compressor 1A Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Load Compressor 1B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: High
Pressure Cutout Switch, Cprsr Immediate Latch All Remote
Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: High
Cprsr 1B
120 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
Comm Loss: High
Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: High
Cprsr 2B
Ice Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Comm Loss: Ice-Machine Special
Making Latch All Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall Remote
Control Mode
Mode revert to normal (non-ice building) mode regardless of last state.
Comm Loss: Ice-Making Ice- Special
Latch All Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall Remote
Status Machine Mode
revert to normal (non-ice building) mode regardless of last state.
Comm Loss:
Intermediate Oil Cprsr Immediate Latch All Remote
Pressure, Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss:
Pressure, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss:
Pressure, Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss:
Pressure, Cprsr 2B
Comm Loss: Local BAS Special Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
None Latch All Remote
Interface Mode Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Male Port Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Unload Compressor 1A Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Unload Compressor 1B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Unload Compressor 2A Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Unload Compressor 2B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Circuit #1 Cprsr Normal Latch All Remote
or Cprsr 1A
Comm Loss: Oil
Temperature, Circuit #2 Cprsr Normal Latch All Remote
or Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Oil Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Temperature, Cprsr 1B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Oil Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Temperature, Cprsr 2B Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Comm Loss: Outdoor Air Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note that if this
Temperature diagnostic occurs, operational pumpdown will be performed
regardless of the last valid temperature
Comm Loss: Starter 1A Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 121
Diagnostics

Active
Modes
Comm Loss: Starter 1B Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
Comm Loss: Starter 2A Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
Comm Loss: Starter 2B Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
Comm Loss: Starter
Panel High Temperature None Info Latch All Local
Limit - Panel 1, Cprsr 2A
Comm Loss: Starter
Limit - Panel 1, Cprsr 1B
Comm Loss: Starter
Limit - Panel 2, Cprsr 2B
Comm Loss: Status/ Continual loss of communication between the MP and the
Annunciation Relays Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period.Circuit target if
no isolation valves, Compressor target if isolation valves or
Comm Loss: Suction
Special Immediate Latch All simplex. Design Note: In the case of manifolded compressors w/ Remote
Pressure Cprsr 1A
o isolation valves, the occurrence of this diagnostic will also
generate a comm loss with the nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 1B
in order to accomplish circuit shutdown.
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Design Note:
Comm Loss: Suction
Cprsr Immediate Latch All For circuits with manifolded compressors w/o isolation valve Remote
Pressure Cprsr 1B
option, this diagnostic will occur with the preceding diagnostic,
even though this transducer is not required or installed.
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Circuit target
if no isolation valves, Compressor target if isolation valves or
Comm Loss: Suction
Special Immediate Latch All simplex. Design Note: In the case of manifolded compressors w/ Remote
Pressure Cprsr 2A
o isolation valves, the occurrence of this diagnostic will also
generate a comm loss with the nonexistent Suction Press Cprsr 2B
in order to accomplish circuit shutdown.
Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Design Note:
Comm Loss: Suction
Cprsr Immediate Latch All For circuits with manifolded compressors w/o isolation valve Remote
Pressure Cprsr 2B
option, this diagnostic will occur with the preceding diagnostic,
even though this transducer is not required or installed.
Loss of comm with 75% or more (Rev 18 and earlier 10%) of the
llids configured for the system has been detected. This diagnostic
Excessive Loss of Comm Chiller Immediate Latch All will suppress the callout of all subsequent comm loss diagnostics. Remote
Check power supply(s) and power disconnects - troubleshoot
LLIDS buss using TechView
Starter 1A Comm Loss: Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
MP period.
Starter 1B Comm Loss: Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
MP period.
Starter 2A Comm Loss: Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
MP period.
Starter 2B Comm Loss: Starter has had a loss of communication with MP for a 15 second
MP period.
122 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Diagnostics
Main Processor Boot Messages

and Diagnostics
Table 69. Main processor boot messages and diagnostics
DynaView Display Message Description Troubleshooting
A valid configuration is present in the MP's nonvolatile memory. The configuration is a set of variables and
settings that define the physical makeup of this particular chiller. These include: number/airflow,/and type of
A Valid Configuration is Present
fans, number/and size of compressors, special features, characteristics, and control options.
// Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence.
App Present. An application has been detected in the Main Processor's nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding
Running Selftest. to run a check on its entirety. 8 seconds later, the boot code had completed and passed the (CRC) test.
Selftest Passed // Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence.
An application has been detected in Main Processor's nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding to
run a check on its entirety. A few seconds later, the boot code had completed but failed the (CRC) test.
App Present. //Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP's serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration
Running Selftest information) and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most
Err3: CRC Failure recent RTAC application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service. Note that this error display
may also occur during the programming process, if the MP never had a valid application any time prior to the
download. If the problem persists, replace the MP.
The boot code is the portion of the code that is resident in all MPs regardless of what application code (if
any) is loaded. Its main function is to run power up tests and provide a means for downloading application
Boot Software Part Numbers: code via the MP's serial connection. The Part numbers for the code are displayed in the lower left hand corner
LS Flash --> 6200-0318-04 of the DynaView during the early portion of the power up sequence and during special programming and
MS Flash --> 6200-0319-04 converter modes. See below.
// This is normal, but you should provide this information when contacting Technical Service about power up
problems.
A command was received from the Service Tool (Tech View) to stop the running application and run in the
Converter Mode converter mode. In this mode the MP acts as a simple gateway and allows the TechView service computer
to talk to all the LLIDS on the IPC3 bus.
Err2: RAM Addr Test #1 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #1. // Recycle power, if error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Addr Test #2 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Pattern 1 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #1. // Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Pattern 2 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
An unhandled interrupt has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics,
and attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate. // This condition
Err4: UnHandled Interrupt might occur due to a severe electro-magnetic transient such as can be caused by a near lightening strike. Such
Restart Timer: events should be rare or isolated and if no damage results to the CH.530 control system, the Chiller will
[3 sec countdown timer] experience a shutdown and restart. If this occurs more persistently it may be due to an MP hardware problem.
Try replacing the MP. If replacement of the MP proves ineffective, the problem may be a result of extremely
high radiated or conducted EMI. Contact Technical Service. If this screen occurs immediately after a software
download, attempt to reload both the configuration and the application. Failing this, contact Technical Service.
An Operating System error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause
Err5: Operating System Error
a safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear
Restart Timer:
diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
[30 sec countdown timer]
// See Err 4 above
Err6: Watch Dog Timer Error A Watch Dog Timer Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a
Restart Timer: safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear
[30 sec countdown timer] diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
Err7: Unknown Error An unknown Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
Restart Timer: shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics,
[30 sec countdown timer] and attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate
The boot detected a key press in the center of the DynaView while the MP was in the boot code. Upon seeing
Err8: Held in Boot by User Key Press this message the user can use Techview to connect to the MP to perform a software download or another
service tool function.
No Main Processor Application is present - There are no RAM Test Errors.
No Application Present // Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP's serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration
Please Load Application... information) and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most
recent RTAC application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service.
A command was received by the MP from the Tech View Service Tool and the MP is in the process of first erasing
and then writing the program code to its internal Flash (nonvolatile) Memory. Note that if the MP never had
Programming Mode
a prior application already in memory, the error code Err3will be displayed instead of this, during the
programming download process.
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 123
Unit Wiring
Table 70 provides a list of field wiring diagrams, electrical schematics and connection diagrams for 120-500 ton RTAC
units. The complete unit wiring package is documented in RTAC-SVE01*-EN. A laminated wiring diagram kit is also
shipped with each RTAC unit.
Table 70. RTAC unit wiring drawing numbers

Drawing Number Description
Sheet 1 Table of Contents & Notes
Sheet 2 Legend
Sheet 3 (X-Line) Compressor 1A (X-Line)
Sheet 3 (Y-Delta) Compressor 1A (Y-delta)
Sheet 4 (X-Line) Compressor 2A (X-Line)
Sheet 4 (Y-Delta) Compressor 2A (Y-delta)
2309-2097 Sheet 5 Schematic - 2 Compressor Units Fans, Std & Prem, Medium Air Cooled
Sheet 6 Fans, 140 & 155 Std, 120 & 130 Prem 50 Hz
Sheet 7 Fans 225, 250 Prem 60 Hz, 185 & 200 Extra 60 Hz
Sheet 8 VSD Fans - Circuits 1 & 2
Sheet 9 Controls
Sheet 10 LLID Bus
Sheet 11 Remote Evaporator
Sheet 2 Devices, Descriptions & Designations
Sheet 3 Compressor Power 1A & Fan Control Ckt 1
Sheet 4 Compressor Power 1B
Sheet 5 Schematic - 3 Compressor Units, Compressor Power 2A & Fan Control Ckt 2
2309-4621
Sheet 6 X-Line Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 7 Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 8 Common Control - Panel LLIDs
Sheet 5 Schematic - 3 Compressor, Units Compressor Power 2A & Fan Control Ckt 2
2309-4622
Sheet 6 Y-Delta Fan Power Circuit 1
124 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
Unit Wiring
Table 70. RTAC unit wiring drawing numbers
Drawing Number Description

Schematic - 4 Compressor Units
2309-4623 Sheet 6 Compressor Power 2B
X-Line
Schematic - 4 Compressor
2309-4624 Sheet 6 Compressor Power 2B
Y-Delta
2309-4871 Component Location 2 Compressor Units
2309-4872 Component Location 2 Compressor - Optional Remote Evaporator
2309-2248 Field Layout 2 Compressor Units
2309-2239 Field Layout 3 or 4 Compressor Units
2309-2208 Field Wiring; RTAC, 2 Compressor Units 2 Compressor Units
2309-2223 Field Wiring 3 or 4 Compressor Units, Single Source Power
2309-2222 Field Wiring 3 or 4 Compressor Units, Dual Source Power
2309-7572 Sequence of Operation 2 Compressor Units
2309-7581 Sequence of Operation 3 or 4 Compressor Units
RTAC-SVX01N-EN 125
Log and Check Sheet
The operator log and check sheet are included for use as
appropriate, for installation completion verification before
Trane start-up is scheduled, and for reference during the
Trane start-up.
Where the log or check sheet also exists outside of this
publication as standalone literature, the literature order
number is also listed.
RTAC Series R Air-Cooled Chiller Installation
Completion Check Sheet and Request for Trane Service
(RLC-ADF003*-EN)
Operator Log
Start-Up Test Log
126 RTAC-SVX01N-EN
RTAC Series R Air-Cooled Chiller
Installation Completion Check Sheet and Request for Trane Service
Important: A copy of this completed form must be submitted to the Trane service agency that will be responsible for the start-
up of the chiller. Start-up will NOT proceed unless applicable items listed in this form have been satisfactorily
completed.
To: Trane Service Office:

S.O. Number: Serial Numbers:
Job/Project Name:
Address:
The following items are being installed and will be completed by:
Important: Start-up must be performed by Trane or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform start-up of Trane
products. Contractor shall provide Trane (or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform start-up) with
notice of the scheduled start-up at least two weeks prior to the scheduled start-up.
Important: It is required that heaters are energized for a minimum of 24 hours prior to start up. Therefore, chiller
should have power for this amount of time before Trane Service arrives to do start-up.
Check boxes if the task is complete or if the answer is yes.

1. Screw Chiller
Installation meets foundation requirements.
Verify service clearances meet requirements.
In place and piped.
Isolation pads or neoprene pads installed (optional).
2. Piping
Chilled water piping connected to:
Evaporator
Air handling units
Pumps
Flow switch or flow proving device installed
Required strainer installed in entering evaporator water piping and cleaned
Drain and vents in both evaporator waterboxes are piped with shutoff valve, or plugs have been reinstalled.
Water supply connected to filling system (expansion tank)
Does unit have freeze inhibitor? If unit has freeze inhibitor:
Verify type and concentration correct per unit submittal
Calculate and record freeze point of the solution:________________
Systems filled
Pumps run, air bled from system
Relief valve ventilation piping installed (if applicable)
Flow balancing valves installed in leaving chilled water
Gauges, thermometers and air vents installed on both sides of evaporator
3. Wiring
Wire size per submittal and NEC 310-16. Verify only copper conductors used.
Full power available.
Interconnecting wiring to remote evaporator (if applicable)
External interlocks (flow switch, pumps auxiliary, etc.)
Chilled water pump (connected and tested)
115 Vac power available for service tools (recommended)
All controls installed and connected
4. Testing
Dry nitrogen available for pressure testing (if required)
Trace gas amounts of R-134a available for leak testing (if required)
5. Refrigerant on job site (if required)
6. Systems can be operated under load conditions
RLC-ADF003C-EN 1
7. Heaters
If unit was factory charged (model number digit 20 = 1), energize heaters for 24 hours prior to start up.
Important: It is required that chiller heaters are energized for a minimum of 24 hours prior to start up.
Therefore, chiller should have power for this amount of time before Trane Service arrives
to do start-up.
If unit has nitrogen charge (model number digit 21 = 2), contact Trane Service for unit charging prior to start-up.
8. Owner awareness
Does the owner have a copy of the MSDS for refrigerant?
Note: Additional time required to properly complete the start-up and commissioning, due to any incompleteness of the
installation, will be invoiced at prevailing rates.
This is to certify that the Trane equipment has been properly and completely installed, and that the applicable items listed above
have been satisfactorily completed.
Checklist completed by: ______________________________________________________________________________________________
Signed: _____________________________________________________________________ Date: _______________________________
In accordance with your quotation and our purchase order number __________________, we will therefore require the presence
of Trane service on this site, for the purpose of start-up and commissioning, by __________________ (date).
Note: Minimum two-week advance notification is required to allow scheduling of the chiller start-up.
Additional comments/instructions: ____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note: A copy of this completed from must be submitted to the Trane Service Office that will be responsible for start-up of chiller.
Check boxes if the task is complete or if the answer is yes.
Trane and the Trane logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Trane in the United States and other countries.
Ingersoll Rand (NYSE:IR) advances the quality of life by creating comfortable, sustainable and efficient environments.
Our people and our family of brandsincluding Club Car, Ingersoll Rand, Thermo King and Tranework together
to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings; transport and protect food and perishables; and
increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We are a global business committed to a world of sustainable progress
and enduring results. For more information, visit www.ingersollrand.com.
Ingersoll Rand has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.
2017 Ingersoll Rand All rights reserved

RLC-ADF003C-EN 10 Jan 2017 We are committed to using environmentally
Supersedes RLC-ADF003B-EN (21 Jul 2015) conscious print practices that reduce waste.
Operator Log
RTAC CHILLER LOG
Job Name Job Location
Model # Serial #
Status View: *
Chiller Tab: 15 min 30 min 45 min 15 min 30 min 45 min
Operating Mode
Outdoor Air Temperature F or C
Active Chill Water Setpoint F or C
Active Current Limit Setpoint
Evaporator Entering Water Temp. F or C
Evaporator Leaving Water Temp. F or C
Circuit 1 Tab Circuit 2 Tab
External Hardwired Lockout Not Locked out/ Locked out Not Locked out/ Locked out
Front Panel Lockout Not Locked out/ Locked out Not Locked out/ Locked out
15 min 30 min 45 min 15 min 30 min 45 min
AirFlow %
Inverter Speed %
Condenser Refrigerant Pressure psig/kPa
Saturated Condenser Rfgt. Temp. F or C
Differential Refrigerant Pressure psid/kPA
Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure psig/kPa
Saturated Evaporator Rfgt.Temp. F or C
EXV Position %
Evaporator Rfgt Liquid Level in/mm
Compressor 1A Tab Compressor 1B Tab
Operating Mode
Hours Hrs/mins Hrs/mins
Starts
Phase A - B Voltage volts
Average Line Current %RLA
Line 1 current amps
Line 2 current amps
Line 3 current amps
Line 1 current %RLA
Line 2 current %RLA
Line 3 current %RLA
Evaporator Oil Return Solenoid open/closed open/closed open/closed open/closed open/closed open/closed
Supply Oil Temperature F or C
Intermediate Oil Pressure psig/kPa
Female Step solenoid load/unload load/unload load/unload load/unload load/unload load/unload
High Pressure Cutout switch good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped
Comments:
RTAC Operator Log Revised: 28 Jan2014

RTAC CHILLER LOG
Compressor 2A Tab Compressor 2B Tab
Operating Mode
Hours Hrs/mins Hrs/mins
Starts
Phase A - B Voltage volts
Average Line Current %RLA
Line 1 current amps
Line 2 current amps
Line 3 current amps
Line 1 current %RLA
Line 2 current %RLA
Line 3 current %RLA
Evaporator Oil Return Solenoid open/closed open/closed open/closed open/closed open/closed open/closed
Supply Oil Temperature F or C
Intermediate Oil Pressure psig/kPa
Female Step solenoid load/unload load/unload load/unload load/unload load/unload load/unload
High Pressure Cutout switch good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped good/tripped
Comments:
Revised: 28 Jan2014 RTAC Operator Log

RTAC Start-Up Test Log
RTAC START-UP TEST LOG
Model #
Job Name Job Location
CRC # Serial #
Job Elevation (ft.
Sales Order # Ship Date
above sea level)
Starter Data: Start-up Only
Manufacturer Chiller Appearance on arrival:
Type: (wye-delta or x-line) Machine gauge pressure: ckt1/ckt2
Vendor ID #/ Model #: Machine CH.530 pressure ckt1/ckt2
Volts Amps Hz Unit R-134a Charge lbs
Compressor Data: Unit oil charge (OIL00048) gal
Compressor A: Pressure Test (if required)
Model #: Vacuum after leak test= mm
Serial # Standing Vacuum test= mm rise in hrs
RLA Current Transformers
KW Part number ("X" code and 2-digit extension)
Volts X
HZ X
Compressor B: X
Model #: X
Serial # X
RLA X
KW Summary of Options Installed
Volts Y N Tracer Communications Interface
HZ Y N Ice Making
Compressor C: Y N Other
Model #: Y N Other
Serial # Y N Other
RLA Evap Design Conditions
KW GPM PSID
Volts Entering Water: Leaving Water:
HZ % Glycol:
Compressor D: Type of Glycol:
Model #: Evap Actual Conditions
Serial # GPM PSID
RLA Entering Water: Leaving Water:
KW % Glycol:
Volts Type of Glycol:
HZ
Owner Witness Signature:
RTAC Start-Up Test Log Revised: 28 Jan2014

Ingersoll Rand (NYSE:IR) advances the quality of life by creating comfortable, sustainable and efficient environments.
Our people and our family of brandsincluding Club Car, Ingersoll Rand, Thermo King and Tranework together
to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings; transport and protect food and perishables; and
increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We are a global business committed to a world of sustainable progress
and enduring results. For more information, visit www.ingersollrand.com.
Ingersoll Rand has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.
2017 Ingersoll Rand All rights reserved

RTAC-SVX01N-EN 10 Jan 2017 We are committed to using environmentally
Supersedes RTAC-SVX01M-EN (30 Jan 2015) conscious print practices that reduce waste.

Rtac SVX01N en - 01102017

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rtac SVX01N en - 01102017

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rtac SVX01N en - 01102017

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Installation, Operation,

January 2017 RTAC-SVX01N-EN

Indicates a potentially hazardous

Important Environmental Concerns Before installing/servicing this unit, technicians

2017 Ingersoll Rand All rights reserved RTAC-SVX01N-EN

Factory Warranty Information

Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Status View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Identifies unit electrical requirements.

Figure 1. Typical unit nameplate

Compressor Model Compressor Serial

Figure 4. Isolator shipping locations,

Neoprene Isolator Shipping Location

Table 1. General data, 60 Hz standard efficiency I-P

Table 2. General data, 60 Hz high efficiency I-P

Table 3. General data, 60 Hz extra efficiency I-P

Table 4. General data, 60 Hz standard efficiency SI

Table 5. General data, 60 Hz high efficiency SI

Table 6. General data, 60 Hz extra efficiency SI

Table 7. General data, 50 Hz standard efficiency I-P

Table 8. General data, 50 Hz high efficiency I-P

Table 9. General data, 50 Hz standard efficiency SI

Table 10. General data, 50 Hz high efficiency SI

Figure 6. Recommended unit clearances 18 to 21 foot bases

Figure 7. Recommended unit clearances 30 to 45 foot bases

Figure 8. Recommended remote evaporator unit clearances 15 to 30 foot bases

Figure 9. Recommended evaporator clearance

Unobstructed flow of condenser air is essential to

Standard Efficiency High Efficiency Extra Efficiency

Table 12. Weight packaged units, 60 Hz, copper coils

Table 13. Weight packaged units, 50 Hz, aluminum or CompleteCoat coils

Table 14. Weight packaged units, 50 Hz, copper coils

Standard Efficiency High Efficiency

Seismically Rated Unit Weights

Remote Evaporator Unit Weights

Table 17. Weights remote evaporator, 60 Hz

Standard Efficiency High Efficiency

W1 - near side W3 - near side W5 - near side

Figure 13. Lifting the remote evap

Lifting Location (tons) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

Size Lifting Location Size Lifting Location

Table 21. Lifting weights (lbs), remote evaporator

Standard Efficiency High Efficiency

Table 22. Lifting weights (lbs), remote evaporators

Standard Efficiency High Efficiency

Center of Gravity Table 23. Center of gravity (in), 60 Hz (continued)

140 106 45 35.5 - - - - - - 120 - - - 88 45 35.5

155 124 46 35.5 - - - - - - 130 - - - 88 45 35.5

170 124 45 35.5 - - - - - - 140 88 45 35.5 88 45 35.5

185 167 45 35.5 - - - - - - 155 88 44 35.5 106 44 35.5

200 167 45 35.5 - - - - - - 170 89 45 35.5 106 45 35.5

250 203 42 35.5 - - - - - - 185 106 45 35.5 124 45 35.5

275 222 42 35.5 - - - - - - 200 106 45 35.5 124 45 35.5

300 234 44 35.5 - - - - - - 250 182 41 35.5 177 41 35.5

350 274 44 35.5 - - - - - - 275 172 41 35.5 202 42 35.5

Copper Coils - Standard Efficiency 300 201 42 35.5 222 42 35.5

140 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25 350 235 44 35.5 234 44 35.5

155 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25 375 229 44 35.5 266 44 35.5

170 90 45 38 88 45 37.25 39 30 25 400 234 44 35.5 274 44 35.5

185 108 44 38 106 44 39 53 30 25 Copper Coils